Annual Report & Accounts 2022 As the world’s leading compound semiconductor supplier with a global footprint, we are critical enablers of the digital world. Highlights Revenue £167m2021: £154m Net operating loss £(73)m 2021: £(20)m Adjusted EBITDA £23m2021: £19m Adjusted net debt £(15)m 2021: £(6)m Capital expenditure £9m2021: £15m The nature and description of alternative performance measures are included in Note 5 on page 125. Adjusted net debt is defined on page 98. Our vision Our mission Our vision is to deliver the most advanced compound semiconductor solutions to our customers. Our mission is to be at the forefront of technology to help address global challenges and enable the next wave of innovation. Contents 1. Strategic Report Our business at a glance Our investment case Chairman’s statement Chief Executive Officer’s statement Value chain Business model Market review Strategy 2022 performance review Financial review Stakeholder engagement Section 172 Responsible business Risk management Viability statement 2 2 12 14 16 20 22 24 26 30 32 36 37 38 50 56 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022 2. Corporate Governance Board of Directors Chairman’s Governance overview Audit & Risk Committee Report Nominations Committee Report Remuneration Committee Report Directors’ Remuneration Policy Directors’ Remuneration Report ESG Committee Report Directors’ Report 58 58 60 65 70 71 73 79 85 86 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 88 3. Financial Statements Independent Auditor’s Report to the members of IQE plc Financial Statements Glossary Investor information 89 89 98 158 160 1 Our business at a glance Who we are What we do IQE is the world’s only pure play compound semiconductor provider with a global footprint, strategically positioned to enable the next wave of innovation. We can service our customers in their geographies with our three-continent manufacturing footprint, offering world-class technology, flexibility and supply chain security. IQE offers compound semiconductor manufacturing services that deliver powerful enabling technologies that change how we live and work. We understand that in an intelligently connected world, the megatrends of the future will require the advanced performance characteristics of compound semiconductors. Our global footprint We are uniquely positioned for security and scalability. Europe Newport Cardiff Milton Keynes North America Washington Massachusetts Pennsylvania North Carolina Asia Taiwan 2 Our growth potential We are focused on enabling key capabilities within growth markets. + Read more about our strategy for growth on page 28 Connect Sense Power Display We live in an interconnected digital world where connectivity is no longer optional. From mobile handsets and 5G communications infrastructure, to smart devices in our homes and cars, IQE’s connect products enable high- performance wireless communication. The connected digital world has become intelligent. The global sensing market is forecast to grow significantly in the coming years, driven by the need for smart connected devices to be able to detect and communicate with the world around them. With a stellar 3D sensing pedigree, IQE is focused on enabling healthcare wearable devices, LiDAR for autonomous vehicles and industrial automation. Power is fundamental to the digital world and for everyday life. Compound semiconductors will be needed to address the world’s power challenges, such as climate change, as their performance advantages result in more efficient power usage. Power electronics is a growth market driven by demand for electric vehicles, smart power grids and efficient consumer applications, which will be necessary to achieve Net Zero. Display technologies have undergone significant transformation as consumers and industry demand richer, immersive display experiences. IQE is well placed to deliver MicroLED solutions that offer improved performance and lower power consumption. We are proud to work with our key strategic partners to deliver the future of display. Our future We have ambitious growth plans. Increase revenue Over Capacity growth of 3xby 2027 30%adjusted EBITDA margin by 2027 3xpossible within current footprint 33 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report “We have unprecedented opportunities” Americo Lemos Chief Executive Officer 44 “We have unprecedented opportunities” The world around us is changing rapidly and IQE is at the forefront of technologies that enable smart connected devices and intelligent transportation, and offer energy efficient and carbon- responsible solutions. We have unprecedented opportunities to enable our customers’ technology roadmaps as they respond to the demand for ‘more’. By 2030, the global semiconductor market is estimated to be $1tndriven by the onset and multiplication of megatrends* * Source: SIA, McKinsey 2022 55 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Compound semiconductors are critical to the future of technology. As the world’s only pure play epitaxy foundry with a global footprint, IQE is able to address the regionalisation of global technology supply chains. We have manufacturing operations on three continents for flexibility and supply chain resilience. Operating across a full breadth of materials platforms, we are uniquely positioned to capitalise on the megatrends of the future. 22%epiwafer market CAGR 2022-2027* $4.6bn total epiwafer market in 2027* * Source: Yole Intelligence Q4 2022, IQE sources 66 “We are uniquely positioned” Tim Pullen Chief Financial Officer + Read about where we sit in the value chain on page 20 77 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report We are market-led, and this is at the core of our approach to innovation. We partner closely with our customers, the market makers, to really understand what they need. IQE’s technologies directly address challenges that the market has, enabling us to pull solutions through the supply chain for full value capture. Our growth markets Smart Connected Devices Automotive and Industrial Communications Infrastructure and Security + Read more about our growth markets on page 24 88 i S t r a t e g c r e p o r t “We are market-led” Rodney Pelzel Chief Technology Officer 99 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022 “We are ready to scale and grow” Christine Dunbar Senior Vice President, Global Sales + Read more about our strategy on page 28 1010 IQE is transforming at pace and we are ready to scale and grow to deliver our future plans. We have the facilities and expertise to respond rapidly to market needs within our current site footprint. Our growth ambitions are focused on our strategic sites for high volume manufacturing. We have significant first mover advantage to get to scale with the tool expansion capacity currently possible at our global sites. Our unique time to market advantage 3X capacity growth possible within current footprint Only global pure play epitaxy provider 1111 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Our investment case We are the Connectivity is no longer optional. It is our way of life. Every day each of us makes powerful connections allowing us to share stories, work intelligently and power efficiently. As demand grows for more connections, better energy efficiency and improved performance, our world is increasingly dependent on compound semiconductors to realise the possibilities of tomorrow’s megatrends. For over 30 years, IQE has been at the forefront of advanced semiconductor material innovation, and remains uniquely positioned to capitalise on the next wave of industry innovation. 1212 Capturing value for what we do We are transforming our commercial and operational model to enhance value capture for all of our stakeholders, including our customers, partners, employees and shareholders. Only global pure play epitaxy provider Our unmatched global footprint and strategic positioning in the semiconductor ecosystem sets us apart. We offer our customers flexibility, scalability and supply security. Megatrends require compound semiconductors Compound semiconductors are vital to enable an intelligently connected, low carbon world due to their high performance and efficiency characteristics. We are the architects of tomorrow for an intelligently connected, low carbon world Market-led technology approach We create solutions to address market challenges, with the most comprehensive portfolio of scalable materials platforms in the industry. Decades of expertise As the global epitaxy leaders with over three decades of expertise, we have an unmatched intellectual property portfolio and highly skilled teams. Ability to grow and scale In a market with high barriers to entry we have a significant first mover advantage to scale our operations to meet future demand, with the potential for 3x capacity growth within our current site footprint. 1313 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Chairman’s statement IQE’s products enable the world to connect, power, sense and display, and we operate at the forefront of technology. “We are industry leaders Phil Smith Chairman 1414 Dear Shareholder, The last 12 months have been incredibly important for the business. IQE achieved real and continued strategic progress, underpinned by our customer and product platforms which have been built over many years. Most notably, Americo Lemos joined as Chief Executive Officer in January 2022, the first change of CEO at IQE in over three decades. Americo’s ambition and impact in his first year have confirmed what the Board saw during their executive search; he was the right candidate for the position. With exceptional industry knowledge and a network comprising the world’s top technology leaders, Americo’s leadership and strategy have built a strong and solid platform for future growth. With a renewed focus on deepening existing customer relationships and forming new strategic partnerships, this customer-centric approach was demonstrated throughout 2022. We were pleased to announce many strategic and long-term customer partnerships, including with Lumentum, AWSC, SK siltron and two MicroLED partners. During our Capital Markets Day (‘CMD’) held in November we were able to feature many video testimonials from our customers and strategic partners. The CMD was an incredible event where we set out our refreshed strategy and longer-term financial goals, unveiling our growth targets and ambitions for the business. We simultaneously revealed our updated branding and a new logo which seamlessly links our heritage to our pioneering plans for the future. Our strategy of diversification is the right approach and will see us maintain and grow in the connect and sense markets, which encompass our historical Wireless and Photonics products. We will diversify by entering into new markets aligned with our customers’ needs. These are the Power and Display segments, which are poised for huge growth in the coming years. For a full replay of our CMD, please visit cmd.iqep.com. Trading performance While the effects of COVID lessened in 2022, there was still a lot of uncertainty in the macro environment, notably with the war in Ukraine, the resulting increase in energy costs and inflationary pressures. In the second half of the year, longer than expected lockdowns in China resulted in weaker semiconductor demand, leading to inventory build-up throughout the supply chain. This unfortunately impacted our end of year revenue performance and has led to IQE guiding reduced H1 2023 revenues after the reporting period. While our reported revenue for FY 2022 was up 9% year-on-year at £167m, excluding the impact of foreign exchange, revenue was broadly in line with our 2021 figure. As part of his ESG Committee duties, Sir Derek Jones also became the Board member with responsibility for employee engagement. Sir Derek toured IQE sites to speak with employees directly and held roundtables with a selection of employees from various departments, asking for their feedback on engagement activities and the general culture of the business. Looking ahead We are industry leaders in a sector that underpins critical technology supply chains. However, we are operating in a difficult external environment in the first half of the year, with the global semiconductor industry downturn negatively impacting our H1 2023 revenue forecast. In light of this, we have taken actions to strengthen our “IQE achieved real and continued strategic progress over the past year, underpinned by our customer and product platforms which have been built over many years.” It was disappointing we did not achieve the low single digit growth we sought, however despite challenging external conditions in 2023, we remain confident in our strong business fundamentals and market-leading position, and have a solid platform to deliver our ambitious growth trajectory. Board matters In 2021, IQE’s Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee was formed, which is tasked with ensuring Board-level oversight of the important ESG issues facing the Company. A key Committee achievement in 2022 was formalising IQE’s commitment to Net Zero and carbon neutrality. We are on an important journey towards implementing science- based targets and this is the first step towards our longer-term environmental goals. balance sheet after the reporting period, including an equity fundraise and the refinancing of our banking facility. Our belief remains unchanged that our longer-term strategy is aligned to weather the cyclical uncertainty which is a periodic feature of the industry. I am confident we will emerge from this temporary downturn in the best possible position to capitalise on the megatrends of the future and deliver for all of our stakeholders. Phil Smith Chairman 23 May 2023 1515 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Chief Executive Officer’s statement IQE is focused on delivering the most advanced compound semiconductor solutions to our customers to help address global challenges and enable the next wave of innovation. “We are positioned for the future” Americo Lemos Chief Executive Officer 1616 It is hard to believe that over a year has already passed since I joined IQE. Looking at the business today, it confirms that the decision to join the Company was without doubt the right one. I’m as excited today for the future of IQE as I was when I walked through the door for the first time in January 2022. Despite a challenging macro environment, our team put in a huge effort to deliver strategic progress against our objectives in 2022, to ensure we are well- positioned for the future. Strategic progress There are several strategic achievements that stood out to me during 2022. Firstly, I remember saying on day one to the Senior Leadership Team that we need to get even closer to our customers, and to their customers. This is particularly important given the unique position of IQE in the global semiconductor supply chain, where it is essential for us to align with our customers’ roadmaps so we can plan for their needs many years into the future. Throughout the year we had a significant increase in the quality and quantity of our customer engagements. As a result, I was pleased we were able to announce strategic partnerships with Lumentum, MICLEDI, SK siltron, AWSC and Porotech, all evidence of a new customer engagement model for the Company. This approach will remain central to our strategy going forward. When we work closely and align with our customers, we are stronger together. One of the factors driving these strategic partnerships is the growing recognition of the critical role that semiconductors play in the global economy. In August I was invited to Westminster to appear in front of the BEIS Select Committee as they gathered evidence about the importance of semiconductors, not just to the tech sector, but to the UK economy as a whole. This was a proud moment for IQE and for me, and the subsequent BEIS Select Committee report that was published in November was an important finding. It highlights the jeopardy facing the UK if it doesn’t quickly and meaningfully build a strategy to support a domestic semiconductor ecosystem in the UK, at a time when our global supply chains are transforming before our eyes to become much more siloed and regionalised and a matter of important foreign policy. I welcome all continued engagement with the government as we move to recognise the importance of increased investment in the sector. However, economic and political leadership is only meaningful when supported by true technological leadership. IQE has a long history of being pioneers of innovation, and in May I was thrilled we were able to announce the development of the world’s IQE’s products enable the world to connect, power, sense and display, and key to our future strategy will be maintaining and growing our position in the connect and sense segments, while also diversifying into power and display which are poised for huge growth. I was proud to showcase the strategic importance of IQE as well as to share our updated strategy and growth ambitions with the market. Our CMD also gave us an opportunity to highlight our new market-led approach to technology innovation. We are orienting the business towards our key end markets. This means we are more focused than ever on our customers, and aligning our technology innovation to meet market needs. This new market- led approach ensures our “When we work closely and align with our customers, we are stronger together.” first commercially available 200mm (8”) VCSEL epiwafer. This advancement is revolutionary and will transform the economies of scale possible within the compound semiconductor industry, leading to the expansion of the market for IQE. As technology leaders, we are focused on market-led innovation and this is the first step in scaling all our materials platforms to 200mm and beyond. This step will increase our addressable market, allow greater access to silicon fabs, and enable the scaling of compound semiconductors. In November we held our first Capital Markets Day (CMD) in four years, where we defined our strategy to diversify and grow our future business against the backdrop of our new brand identity. Focusing on key growth markets, we set out targets for the next five years, while being supported by testimonials from our customers and strategic partners. Their support was outstanding, and we were fortunate to hear from a number of CEOs and senior executives. technology development is linked to a market need to enhance our technology value capture. The development of the Group’s commercial engine would also not be possible without the key appointments we made throughout the year, particularly in the Global Sales and Customer Excellence functions. These accomplishments over the last year only serve to reinforce our key strategic advantages: • IQE has the broadest technology roadmap in the industry, across all key materials platforms; • Our unmatched global footprint makes us the preferred supplier for customers that require a secure and resilient supply chain, in a complex geopolitical environment; and • We have unique infrastructure and a time to market advantage. These three advantages are a compelling proposition for our customers, including for those who prefer to outsource their epitaxy to IQE instead of investing in in-house capabilities. 1717 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Chief Executive Officer’s statement continued Operational performance 2022 was a year in which IQE made strong operational progress as part of the Group’s refreshed strategy which was focused on building a solid platform for growth throughout the year, in order to deliver further progress in 2023 and beyond. This has seen the business take a number of actions to create an operating model that is more agile and efficient. In H1 2022 we closed our Singapore site, as part of our global site rationalisation programme. We also continued to implement the Group’s systems transformation. The first release of our new manufacturing system is now live in South Wales. We will continue to build on those capabilities during 2023 as we continue to drive agile and efficient business operations. offsetting in favour of systemic organisational change. The announcement of our Net Zero and carbon neutrality plans are an important step which reflects our commitment to continuous improvement and implementing best practice across the business. While we recognise that we are at the beginning of our sustainability journey, our consideration of ESG issues is materially important to our future strategy and will be critical to ensuring a sustainable and viable business in the long term. Financial performance IQE’s 2022 financial performance reflected the challenging external environment in which we operated. “IQE focused on building a solid platform for growth throughout 2022, in order to deliver further progress in 2023 and beyond.” ESG progress Important progress was also made in relation to our ESG commitments. In May 2022 we became signatories to the Science Based Target Initiative (SBTI), committing to abide by their verification framework to implement science-based emission reduction targets within our organisation. Our decision to commit to Net Zero and carbon neutrality was an obvious one. We recognise that climate change is one of the key challenges facing the world, and as a company we have a duty to respond in a meaningful way. Our longer-term goal is achieving Net Zero and carbon neutrality, meaning our carbon dioxide and greenhouse gas emissions are neutralised by our emissions reduction activities. We are currently in the 24 month target- setting period, and while the final shape of our emissions reduction plans are not exact at this stage, we will look to abide by the SBTI guidance which discourages Our Photonics business, which encompasses our Sensing product portfolio, benefited from continued strength in demand for VCSELs used for 3D sensing, with revenues increasing 30% year-on- year. Additionally this performance was supported by the announcement of a new multi- year strategic agreement with a global electronics leader, and the rephasing of certain orders from 2021 into Q1 2022. Unfortunately our Wireless revenues, comprising our connectivity-related products, decreased 9% for the period, reflecting a decline in sales linked to broader softness in the smartphone handset market, as well as weakness in wafer sales for 5G infrastructure related products. Our CMOS++ revenues were stable year-on-year at £2.8m (2021: £2.8m). Our Display and Power divisions were not reported separately in 2022. “IQE’s products enable the world to connect, power, sense and display.” 1818 Outlook Entering 2023 it is hard to ignore that the industry is operating against a backdrop of economic and geopolitical uncertainty, and we are seeing related softness across the semiconductor sector. While the forecast for the first half of 2023 looks challenging, it is widely expected that this is a temporary downturn. Ours is an industry that has consistently demonstrated periods of growth over many decades and which is forecast to continue. We anticipate that IQE, along with the rest of the industry, will return to growth. During H1 2023 we have taken a number of actions to strengthen our balance sheet and rationalise our cost base, in order to fund our future growth strategy and emerge strongly out of the downturn. I remain as confident as ever in IQE’s growth potential, underpinned by the megatrends that are continuing to shape the way we live, move and communicate. I am excited about the future as we continue to execute our diversification strategy, and the pipeline of opportunities being developed for 2023 and beyond. As demand grows for more connectivity, higher performance and better efficiency in the Net Zero world of the future, I am proud of the role that compound semiconductors and IQE can play in an intelligently connected, low carbon world. Americo Lemos Chief Executive Officer 23 May 2023 Partnerships in action Capturing value through long-term and strategic agreements In 2022 we were pleased to announce the signing of several major strategic partnership agreements. A focus on this type of customer engagement model gives IQE greater predictability and visibility, allowing for greater value capture. 1919 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Value chain Strategically positioned in the global value chain IQE has a unique and strategic position within the global semiconductor value chain as the only pure play epitaxy provider with a global footprint. Epitaxy is where the value is created R eactor IQE IP E p i l a y e r s a re deposi t e d o e t a r n a s ubst Substrates Base materials 2020 Growth markets Smart Connected Devices Automotive and Industrial Communications Infrastructure and Security + Read more about our growth markets on page 24 Foundries Device fabrication Fabless Design Device makers Device manufacture 2121 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Business model What makes our model work Long-standing partnerships with customers IQE is a materials solutions provider, enabling advanced technologies throughout major global supply chains. We work with customers up and down the value chain. Highly skilled and experienced people IQE attracts and develops the top talent in the compound semiconductor industry, and is therefore able to offer a wealth of technical expertise across our product portfolio. Breadth of intellectual property portfolio With a strategic patent portfolio and significant process IP, IQE has an enviable and protected position within diverse technology markets. Widely recognised technology leadership As a materials specialist with a commitment to innovation, IQE is at the forefront of new technology and has a track record of enabling major technological product trends, from R&D to mass production. Global manufacturing footprint Headquartered in the UK and with manufacturing operations in three major continents, IQE has broad market access, close customer proximity and global manufacturing flexibility and resilience. Superior quality is a core competence IQE has a reputation for manufacturing products of the highest quality and our wafers drive superior yields and unit economics for our chip customers. 2222 How we create value Research & development A programme of innovation that drives leading edge technologies, working in partnership with the world’s major technological supply chains. New products Developing leading edge products with superior performance and quality characteristics, enabling the technologies of today and tomorrow. Manufacturing capacity Investment in the infrastructure of our mass production foundries in three continents has created the scale for us to capitalise on the expanding compound semiconductor market. Underpinned by: Our culture & values IQE’s strength lies in the expertise and diversity of our workforce and we recognise that teamwork and collaboration are at the heart of the Company. Our values of thinking big and striving for more, being driven to deliver more and architecting tomorrow, guide our behaviours. Our strategic goals By investing in the future of compound semiconductors and scaling the business for growth, IQE is targeting expanding margins and cash flows. Integral to this is the development and mass production of advanced materials that are key to enabling macro trends such as the proliferation of 5G communications, WiFi 6 connectivity, the Internet of Things, Augmented Reality and the Metaverse. Customer qualification Exacting quality standards, world-leading IP and process know-how enables broad product qualification with leading international customers. Mass production As volumes increase within an expanding industry, superior economies of scale and operating leverage can be achieved. Sound governance and risk management As a global operator with a 30-year heritage, IQE has an enviable record of operating safely, compliantly and with continuity of operations. The semiconductor industry is dynamic and fast-paced, however, oversight from our Board ensures the strategy and execution of our business incorporates best practice and proactive risk management. Responsible business operations The health and safety of our people, the environment and the communities in which we operate are of paramount importance. We view our global supply chain as an extension of our business and for this reason we are committed to operating responsibly. The value we share Customers £4m Technology-related development expenditure 2021: £3m Employees 2,064 Hours of learning completed in 2022 2021: 2,719 Investors £9m Cash capital expenditure investment in 2022 2021: £15m Communities 1 day Annual paid employee volunteering leave entitlement 2021: 1 day Environment 22,180 tCO2e Total GHG emissions 2021: 25,591 tCO2e 23 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Market review Growth markets Growth market Market opportunity Smart Connected Devices $5.5bn market size by 2027* Smart Connected Devices encompass everything which defines our connected world. Smartphones are one key platform, hosting high-speed wireless, high-resolution displays and advanced sensing. Augmented and virtual reality technologies and healthcare wearables also create transformative growth opportunities for our industry. With over one billion devices connected to the internet, the Internet of Things is already transformational and is dependent on reliable and secure digital infrastructure powered by IQE materials. Communications Infrastructure and Security $10.1bn communications infrastructure market size by 2027* Cutting edge compound semiconductors enable the whole data path. High speed wireless and wireline networks guarantee rapid, reliable data transmission, ensuring that ever-increasing bandwidth requirements can be met. Defence systems and platforms also require compound semiconductors to power secure communications, and enable optical sensing and detection across multiple aerospace, security and intelligence platforms. Automotive and Industrial 32% CAGR 2022-2027* Compound semiconductors that assist with sensing and power conversion are at the core of the digital chassis which is revolutionising vehicle functionality today. Our materials are being architected into multiple new automotive electronics platforms which include driver assistance (ADAS), auto connectivity, multimedia and powertrain technologies. The car as we know it is evolving rapidly, with electric, autonomous and connected cars being the way of the future. Compound semiconductors are also allowing industrial challenges to be overcome by connecting real and digital worlds. Integrating technologies such as the Internet of Things, cloud computing and machine vision are revolutionising manufacturing and distribution of products. IQE’s multi-platform materials solutions are a critical enabler of Industry 4.0. 2424 * Sources: Yole Intelligence, IQE sources Q4 2022 Augmented/Virtual Reality MicroLED displays Healthcare wearables and the Metaverse Devices such as smart glasses or headsets that enable people to interact in the real and digital worlds rely on compound semiconductors. From microLED for high-resolution displays, 3D sensing systems and wireless connectivity, compound semiconductors enable the smart devices of today and tomorrow. Our leadership in the material systems which enable this functionality results in IQE content already being designed into new platforms being pioneered by industry leaders. 5G/6G 5G delivers high performance mobile and fixed wireless access, made possible by technologies pioneered by IQE. Compound semiconductors transmit and convert data up to 100 times faster than silicon and are more power efficient with greatly reduced network latency. With data bandwidth needs growing exponentially, driven by the Metaverse, machine learning and connected intelligent devices, sixth generation (6G) networks will define the second datacom revolution and these products are now being developed with IQE materials. Optical networks IQE is at the heart of the fibre optic networks which satisfy our insatiable appetite for data. The adoption of 5G and 6G will see a rapid increase in fibre, Ultra-high resolution displays made from The smartwatch is evolving into a extremely small LEDs are gearing up to sophisticated health and lifestyle tracker, revolutionise the industry. These displays with sensing capabilities only made have very low power consumption over possible by advanced lasers and long lifetimes. Only with compound detectors engineered from compound semiconductor materials can this be semiconductor materials. These devices achieved. MicroLED is poised to become can non-invasively measure vital bodily the consumer platform with the highest functions and will revolutionise level of compound semiconductor healthcare. Additionally, there will be content and will require mass manufacturing capability that only mega foundries can deliver. interconnectivity between wearable technologies, smartphones and the Cloud, driving growth in connectivity networks also powered by IQE’s materials. connecting new small cells to fronthaul the data revolution to be achieved in a networks, while 5G and 6G will also generate very significant increases in backhaul traffic over optical fibre. Scaling optical transport capacity will require new technologies such as Silicon Photonics which are enabled by IQE’s materials solutions. Data centres sustainable manner. Intelligent sensing Optical sensors allow the connected world to see, and compound semiconductor-based detectors enable the world around us to be imaged with vivid resolution. This provides information-rich data which allows The phenomenal growth in internet better decisions to be made when real traffic combined with the migration and digital worlds intersect. Today’s to cloud-based services is driving rapid geopolitical environment makes growth in new hyper-scale data centres intelligent sensing a security megatrend, requiring extreme data rates only achievable through compound and IQE’s longstanding leadership in sensing materials is at the very core of semiconductors pioneered by IQE. As the platforms that protect us today. speed increases, energy consumption also scales. IQE’s green photonics and Power electronic materials solutions keep energy consumption in check and allow Power train Advanced sensing Communications Drive cycle efficiency is at the forefront Optical 3D sensing relies on cutting edge Vehicles exchanging data with each of vehicle powertrain design; increased IQE VCSEL technology. The same materials other, the Cloud and surrounding range and faster charging times are that power smartphone 3D sensing are infrastructure will revolutionise traffic only made possible with compound being designed into commercial safety and increase the efficiency of semiconductors. IQE’s ‘wide bandgap’ automotive LiDAR systems, enabling transport. Dedicated short range power semiconductor solutions provide vehicles to ‘see’ in ultra-high resolution. communication and local cellular competitive advantage at scale, enabling This provides autonomous driving networks are creating new 5G exploitation customer cost competitiveness across functionality which is safe, cost effective paths for Vehicle to everything (V2X) multiple xEV segments and vehicle charging and scalable. The same sensing communications. These require infrastructure platforms. The demand for technology is expanding into other compound semiconductor-based RF power compound semiconductors will wavelengths, enabling higher levels of devices due to their ultra reliable, low exceed that of incumbent silicon technology, positioning IQE at the information capture, with better latency performance, enabling the rapid information resulting in greater autonomy. exchange of time sensitive and safety forefront of transport electrification. Our technology is further enhancing critical information. This key data will also vehicle safety, with in-cabin sensing using be required for automated driving and compound semiconductor photonics intelligent mobility. mitigating against the dangers of distraction through driver monitoring systems which will be a safety standard in next-generation vehicles. Smart Connected Devices $5.5bn market size by 2027* Smart Connected Devices encompass everything which defines our connected world. Smartphones are one key platform, hosting high-speed wireless, high-resolution displays and advanced sensing. Augmented and virtual reality technologies and healthcare wearables also create transformative growth opportunities for our industry. With over one billion devices connected to the internet, the Internet of Things is already transformational and is dependent on reliable and secure digital infrastructure powered by IQE materials. Communications Infrastructure and Security $10.1bn communications infrastructure market size by 2027* Cutting edge compound semiconductors enable the whole data path. High speed wireless and wireline networks guarantee rapid, reliable data transmission, ensuring that ever-increasing bandwidth requirements can be met. Defence systems and platforms also require compound semiconductors to power secure communications, and enable optical sensing and detection across multiple aerospace, security and intelligence platforms. Automotive and Industrial 32% CAGR 2022-2027* Compound semiconductors that assist with sensing and power conversion are at the core of the digital chassis which is revolutionising vehicle functionality today. Our materials are being architected into multiple new automotive electronics platforms which include driver assistance (ADAS), auto connectivity, multimedia and powertrain technologies. The car as we know it is evolving rapidly, with electric, autonomous and connected cars being the way of the future. Compound semiconductors are also allowing industrial challenges to be overcome by connecting real and digital worlds. Integrating technologies such as the Internet of Things, cloud computing and machine vision are revolutionising manufacturing and distribution of products. IQE’s multi-platform materials solutions are a critical enabler of Industry 4.0. IQE is focused on three strategic markets which offer significant growth potential due to the proliferation of technology megatrends. As these develop, the unique performance characteristics of compound semiconductors will be necessary to enable their success. Megatrends and opportunities Augmented/Virtual Reality and the Metaverse Devices such as smart glasses or headsets that enable people to interact in the real and digital worlds rely on compound semiconductors. From microLED for high-resolution displays, 3D sensing systems and wireless connectivity, compound semiconductors enable the smart devices of today and tomorrow. Our leadership in the material systems which enable this functionality results in IQE content already being designed into new platforms being pioneered by industry leaders. 5G/6G 5G delivers high performance mobile and fixed wireless access, made possible by technologies pioneered by IQE. Compound semiconductors transmit and convert data up to 100 times faster than silicon and are more power efficient with greatly reduced network latency. With data bandwidth needs growing exponentially, driven by the Metaverse, machine learning and connected intelligent devices, sixth generation (6G) networks will define the second datacom revolution and these products are now being developed with IQE materials. Optical networks IQE is at the heart of the fibre optic networks which satisfy our insatiable appetite for data. The adoption of 5G and 6G will see a rapid increase in fibre, Power train Drive cycle efficiency is at the forefront of vehicle powertrain design; increased range and faster charging times are only made possible with compound semiconductors. IQE’s ‘wide bandgap’ power semiconductor solutions provide competitive advantage at scale, enabling customer cost competitiveness across multiple xEV segments and vehicle charging infrastructure platforms. The demand for power compound semiconductors will exceed that of incumbent silicon technology, positioning IQE at the forefront of transport electrification. MicroLED displays Ultra-high resolution displays made from extremely small LEDs are gearing up to revolutionise the industry. These displays have very low power consumption over long lifetimes. Only with compound semiconductor materials can this be achieved. MicroLED is poised to become the consumer platform with the highest level of compound semiconductor content and will require mass manufacturing capability that only mega foundries can deliver. Healthcare wearables The smartwatch is evolving into a sophisticated health and lifestyle tracker, with sensing capabilities only made possible by advanced lasers and detectors engineered from compound semiconductor materials. These devices can non-invasively measure vital bodily functions and will revolutionise healthcare. Additionally, there will be interconnectivity between wearable technologies, smartphones and the Cloud, driving growth in connectivity networks also powered by IQE’s materials. connecting new small cells to fronthaul networks, while 5G and 6G will also generate very significant increases in backhaul traffic over optical fibre. Scaling optical transport capacity will require new technologies such as Silicon Photonics which are enabled by IQE’s materials solutions. Data centres The phenomenal growth in internet traffic combined with the migration to cloud-based services is driving rapid growth in new hyper-scale data centres requiring extreme data rates only achievable through compound semiconductors pioneered by IQE. As speed increases, energy consumption also scales. IQE’s green photonics and Power electronic materials solutions keep energy consumption in check and allow Advanced sensing Optical 3D sensing relies on cutting edge IQE VCSEL technology. The same materials that power smartphone 3D sensing are being designed into commercial automotive LiDAR systems, enabling vehicles to ‘see’ in ultra-high resolution. This provides autonomous driving functionality which is safe, cost effective and scalable. The same sensing technology is expanding into other wavelengths, enabling higher levels of information capture, with better information resulting in greater autonomy. Our technology is further enhancing vehicle safety, with in-cabin sensing using compound semiconductor photonics mitigating against the dangers of distraction through driver monitoring systems which will be a safety standard in next-generation vehicles. the data revolution to be achieved in a sustainable manner. Intelligent sensing Optical sensors allow the connected world to see, and compound semiconductor-based detectors enable the world around us to be imaged with vivid resolution. This provides information-rich data which allows better decisions to be made when real and digital worlds intersect. Today’s geopolitical environment makes intelligent sensing a security megatrend, and IQE’s longstanding leadership in sensing materials is at the very core of the platforms that protect us today. Communications Vehicles exchanging data with each other, the Cloud and surrounding infrastructure will revolutionise traffic safety and increase the efficiency of transport. Dedicated short range communication and local cellular networks are creating new 5G exploitation paths for Vehicle to everything (V2X) communications. These require compound semiconductor-based RF devices due to their ultra reliable, low latency performance, enabling the rapid exchange of time sensitive and safety critical information. This key data will also be required for automated driving and intelligent mobility. 2525 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Strategy Strategic progress in 2022 Throughout 2022, we made strong progress in the execution of our strategic priorities, strengthening our platform for growth to deliver further progress in 2023 and beyond. Goals Description In the year Placing customers at the centre of everything we do We consider our customers at every stage of our business cycle; from our technology roadmap, to our scaling plans and business model. Increasing our customer pipeline and deepening relationships with our existing customers is foundational for IQE’s future growth. • Significant increase in customer engagement • Customer diversification strategy, including both product and • Key appointments in Customer Excellence and Global Sales functions market mix Taking a markets/ products-based approach A new market-led approach to business was announced in 2022, whereby we better align with our customers’ needs. This allows us to continue to lead in innovation whilst increasing commercial success and reducing time to market. Maintaining our technology innovation leadership As a technology company, we recognise our industry rewards innovation. We are focused on maintaining our leading position across the widest breadth of material systems in the market, and scaling our epiwafer diameters for better economies of scale and to unlock new markets. Capturing greater value through long- term and strategic agreements Throughout 2022, we focused on increasing our strategic engagements through long term customer partnerships. We will seek to build on this in 2023 and beyond, in order to increase business resilience and predictability and achieve greater value capture for what we do. Scaling while optimising our global footprint We are transforming at pace to standardise, centralise and scale. Our site rationalisation programme is a key step in optimising our global footprint to realise greater efficiencies. We are ready with the facilities and expertise to scale for growth within our existing sites. • Maintain and grow our position in strategic partnerships connect and sense markets • Continued to lead in innovation whilst • Diversify into power and display markets increasing commercial success • Entry into microLED market through and reducing time to market • World’s first commercially available 200mm VCSEL • Cardiff HQ transitioned to global Innovation Centre for R&D • Multi-year supply agreement with Lumentum • Multi-year agreement with global consumer electronics leader • Strategic agreement with SK siltron • Epitaxy partner of choice for Lumentum’s LiDAR for automotive • Multi-year supply agreement with AWSC • Strategic partnerships with two microLED technology partners • Singapore facility closed and site optimisation on track • Standardisation roadmap to incorporate systems and processes, manufacturing intelligence and automation • Focus on ESG best practice as we prepare to scale, including the formation of a Board-level ESG Committee and commitment to Net Zero and Science Based Targets 1 2 3 4 5 2626 Goals Description In the year Placing customers at the centre of everything we do We consider our customers at every stage of our business cycle; from our technology roadmap, to our scaling plans and business model. Increasing our customer pipeline and deepening relationships with our existing customers is foundational for IQE’s future growth. • Significant increase in customer engagement • Key appointments in Customer Excellence and Global Sales functions • Customer diversification strategy, including both product and market mix • Maintain and grow our position in strategic partnerships • Entry into microLED market through connect and sense markets • Diversify into power and display markets • Continued to lead in innovation whilst increasing commercial success and reducing time to market • World’s first commercially available 200mm VCSEL • Cardiff HQ transitioned to global Innovation Centre for R&D • Multi-year supply agreement with Lumentum • Multi-year agreement with global consumer electronics leader • Strategic agreement with SK siltron • Epitaxy partner of choice for Lumentum’s LiDAR for automotive • Multi-year supply agreement with AWSC • Strategic partnerships with two microLED technology partners • Singapore facility closed and site optimisation on track • Standardisation roadmap to incorporate systems and processes, manufacturing intelligence and automation • Focus on ESG best practice as we prepare to scale, including the formation of a Board-level ESG Committee and commitment to Net Zero and Science Based Targets 2727 1 2 3 4 5 Taking a markets/ products-based approach A new market-led approach to business was announced in 2022, whereby we better align with our customers’ needs. This allows us to continue to lead in innovation whilst increasing commercial success and reducing time to market. Maintaining our technology innovation leadership As a technology company, we recognise our industry rewards innovation. We are focused on maintaining our leading position across the widest breadth of material systems in the market, and scaling our epiwafer diameters for better economies of scale and to unlock new markets. Capturing greater value through long- term and strategic agreements Throughout 2022, we focused on increasing our strategic engagements through long term customer partnerships. We will seek to build on this in 2023 and beyond, in order to increase business resilience and predictability and achieve greater value capture for what we do. Scaling while optimising our global footprint We are transforming at pace to standardise, centralise and scale. Our site rationalisation programme is a key step in optimising our global footprint to realise greater efficiencies. We are ready with the facilities and expertise to scale for growth within our existing sites. IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Strategy continued Our strategy for growth Our refreshed strategy is to focus on key capabilities within growth markets and partner with market leaders to diversify and grow our business in a sustainable way. We will leverage our outstanding technology roadmap and unique global footprint to capture value for what we do. Strategic goals Capabilities Description Key objectives Connect With a long heritage in Wireless applications, from smartphones to 5G infrastructure, we remain focused on enabling the next generation of smart connected devices. • Protect existing business while diversifying customer base through the establishment of • Leverage our technical leadership gained over decades of manufacturing leading edge epitaxy strategic partnerships for front-end modules Maintain and grow IQE’s position 1 Diversify 2 * Sources: Yole Intelligence Q4 2022 2828 Sense Power Display As a pioneer and leader in advanced sensing, IQE is focused on maintaining our technology leadership in this market through expanding use cases and demand from new market applications. Our strategy to diversify by entering into power electronics is in response to the substantial growth forecast in this market. From 2022-2027 power epitaxy has a projected CAGR of 29%, resulting in a $2bn market by 2027*. The world is at the beginning of a microLED revolution and IQE has partnered with two microLED technology customers to ensure we are enabling the future of display. The display market epitaxy CAGR from 2022-2027 is forecast to be 172%*, signalling huge growth potential. • Maintain our market-leading position in 3D Sensing • Develop next-generation sensing products, focusing on larger wafer diameters and long-wavelength technology • Key engagements with partners who are integral to the LiDAR supply chain • Leverage longstanding Gallium Nitride (GaN) capability for RF applications • Develop leading edge GaN-based power products for voltages up to 650 volts (E/D mode) • Standardise and scale to ensure cost-effective volume manufacture • Establish unique commercial engagements so that IQE products can enable virtual vertical integration • Engage with market leaders to create mutually beneficial agreements for improved value capture in power electronics • Partner with technology leaders to create mutually beneficial agreements that enable value capture • Create a full portfolio of materials solutions for high-performance red-green-blue (RGB) displays • Diverse product offerings that enable both pick and place and tri-colour manufacturing • Focus on large diameter substrates (greater than 200mm) for GaAs and GaN-based products Strategic goals Capabilities Description Key objectives Connect With a long heritage in Wireless applications, from smartphones to 5G infrastructure, we remain focused on enabling the next generation of smart connected devices. • Protect existing business while diversifying customer base through the establishment of strategic partnerships • Leverage our technical leadership gained over decades of manufacturing leading edge epitaxy for front-end modules Maintain and grow IQE’s position 1 Diversify 2 * Sources: Yole Intelligence Q4 2022 Sense Power Display As a pioneer and leader in advanced sensing, IQE is focused on maintaining our technology leadership in this market through expanding use cases and demand from new market applications. Our strategy to diversify by entering into power electronics is in response to the substantial growth forecast in this market. From 2022-2027 power epitaxy has a projected CAGR of 29%, resulting in a $2bn market by 2027*. The world is at the beginning of a microLED revolution and IQE has partnered with two microLED technology customers to ensure we are enabling the future of display. The display market epitaxy CAGR from 2022-2027 is forecast to be 172%*, signalling huge growth potential. • Maintain our market-leading position in 3D Sensing • Develop next-generation sensing products, focusing on larger wafer diameters and long-wavelength technology • Key engagements with partners who are integral to the LiDAR supply chain • Leverage longstanding Gallium Nitride (GaN) capability for RF applications • Develop leading edge GaN-based power products for voltages up to 650 volts (E/D mode) • Standardise and scale to ensure cost-effective volume manufacture • Establish unique commercial engagements so that IQE products can enable virtual vertical integration • Engage with market leaders to create mutually beneficial agreements for improved value capture in power electronics • Partner with technology leaders to create mutually beneficial agreements that enable value capture • Create a full portfolio of materials solutions for high-performance red-green-blue (RGB) displays • Diverse product offerings that enable both pick and place and tri-colour manufacturing • Focus on large diameter substrates (greater than 200mm) for GaAs and GaN-based products 2929 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Key performance indicators 2022 performance review Financial highlights Revenue (£m) 8 7 1 7 6 4 1 5 1 6 5 01 4 1 Adjusted EBITDA* (£m) 0 3 6 2 3 2 9 1 6 1 Adjusted net cash/ (debt)** (£m) 1 2 2 ) 6 ( ) 6 1 ( ) 5 1 ( 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Capital expenditure cash flows (£m) 2 3 0 3 Adjusted operating profit/(loss)* (£m) 6 1 Operating profit/ (loss) (£m) 9 ) 6 ( ) 9 1 ( ) 0 2 ( 5 1 9 5 5 ) 5 ( ) 4 ( ) 6 ( ) 3 7 ( 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 The nature and description of alternative performance measures are included in Note 5 on page 125. * * * Adjusted net debt is defined on page 98. * ** The nature of adjusted diluted EPS is referenced in Note 12 on page 131. 3030 We recognise our success is dependent not only on our financial performance, but achieving our operational and social goals. Non-financial highlights Adjusted diluted EPS (£p)*** Gender diversity Group level % 6 1 % 4 8 % 8 1 % 2 8 8 3 . 1 9 2 0 . ) 4 7 0 ( . ) 6 4 2 ( . ) 1 4 2 ( . Safety course completions 3 6 1 , 4 9 6 6 3 , 4 6 5 3 , 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2021 2022 2020 2021 2022 Female Male Read more about our people on page 40. Diluted EPS (£p) Total GHG emissions (tCO2e) Learning hours completed 2 1 . 0 ) 1 4 0 ( . ) 7 8 3 ( . ) 1 5 4 ( . ) 7 2 9 ( . 6 2 7 2 3 , 1 9 5 5 2 , 0 8 1 , 2 2 9 1 7 2 , 2 9 4 2 , 4 6 0 , 2 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2020 2021 2022 2020 2021 2022 3131 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Financial review The Group’s trading in 2022 was largely resilient to the challenging macro environment. “Laying the foundations for growth” Tim Pullen Chief Financial Officer 3232 The Group reports financial performance in accordance with International accounting standards in conformity with UK adopted international accounting standards (‘UK adopted IFRS’) and provides disclosure of additional alternative non IFRS GAAP performance measures to provide further understanding of financial performance. Details of the alternative performance measures used by the Group, including a reconciliation to reported UK adopted IFRS GAAP performance measures, are set out in note 5 to the financial statements. Current outlook The Group’s trading in 2022 was impacted by the broader semiconductor industry downturn, in particular increasing softness in smartphone-related demand and weakness in 5G infrastructure demand in the latter part of the year. Group revenue of £167,494,000 (2021: £154,096,000) has increased 8.8% benefiting from a foreign exchange tailwind of 10.6%. The Group has reported an operating loss of £72,976,000 (2021: £19,978,000) which includes a non-cash impairment charge of £62,716,000 related to the write- down of goodwill resulting from a change in forecasts related to the current semiconductor downturn and the associated market softness impacting the Group. Current trading is affected by the temporary semiconductor industry downturn, with reduced customer forecasts, orders and associated revenue. First half revenue is expected to be in the range of £50,000,000-£56,000,000. Net debt as at 31 March 2023 was c.£24,000,000 (net debt is defined as cash less borrowings but excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/losses on derivative instruments). Full year revenue for FY23 is expected to include a return to year-on-year growth during the second half. The Group is targeting diversification into the high-growth markets of power and advanced display by investing in the expansion of its GaN capacity. The Company expects PP&E capex related to essential maintenance and health & safety items and existing commitments to be approximately £7,400,000 in FY23. In addition, the diversification strategy will lead to investment in GaN of approximately £8,300,000. Steps have been taken by the Directors to strengthen the balance sheet of the business in the short-term, including the renewal of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility provided by HSBC Bank plc and the £31,098,546 equity fundraise. These steps, combined with a number of post-year end cost rationalisation and cash preservation actions that have been implemented by the Directors will provide the necessary liquidity for the Group to navigate the current semiconductor market downturn, provide sufficient headroom to protect against the recovery occurring later than forecast, and allow the Group to continue investing in its growth and diversification strategy. Review of the year Group revenue of £167,494,000 (2021: £154,096,000) has increased 8.8%, benefiting from a foreign exchange tailwind of 10.6% on a reported basis where increases in Photonics revenues have offset declines in Wireless revenues. Revenue £167m 2021: £154m Operating loss £(73)m 2021: £(20)m Adjusted EBITDA £23m 2021: £19m The Group’s Photonics business segment represents the largest proportion of the Group’s revenue, accounting for 52.9% (2021: 44.2%) of total wafer sales with Wireless representing 45.4% (2021: 54.0%) and CMOSS++ representing 1.7% (2021: 1.8%). Photonics wafer revenues increased 30.2% to £88,637,000 (2021: £68,067,000). The increase in Photonics wafer revenues reflects the continued strength in demand for VCSELs used in 3D sensing, including the impact of increased customer diversification following the Group’s announcement of a new multi-year strategic agreement with a global consumer electronics leader in early Q4 2022, and as a result of higher other photonic product sales linked to a combination of factors including the re-phasing of certain defence and security orders associated with large programmes and strong demand for the group’s substrate related products. Wireless wafer revenues decreased 8.7% to £76,016,000 (2021: £83,217,000). The decrease in wireless wafer revenues reflects a decline in wireless GaAs epiwafer sales, continued weakness in GaN epiwafer sales for 5G infrastructure, and the impact of the closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore that focused on the manufacture and sale of legacy pHEMT epiwafers. The reduction in wireless GaAs epiwafer sales in particular has been impacted by softness in the broader smartphone handset market which has led to increased inventory levels throughout the manufacturing supply chain. This has continued to adversely affect demand for wireless GaAs epiwafers in H1 2023. Statutory gross profit increased from £17,644,000 to £26,383,000. The increase in gross profit reflects a combination of a favourable shift in sales mix with a higher proportion of the group’s revenue derived from higher margin photonics products and the impact of a favourable foreign exchange tailwind which has helped to increase gross profit margin percentage to 15.8% (2021: 11.5%). Adjusted gross profit, 3333 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Financial review continued which excludes the charge for share based payments, increased from £18,771,000 to £26,532,000 with an increase in gross margin from 12.2% to 15.8%. Selling, general and administrative (‘SG&A’) expenses have increased 2.9% in the year from £30,322,000 to £31,211,000, excluding the separately disclosed impairment loss on intangible assets of £66,155,000 (2021: £7,411,000) and the impairment loss of £2,300,000 (2021: £34,000 credit) related to a small number of customer specific receivables. Adjusted SG&A expenses, which exclude adjustments for share based payments, restructuring costs, Chief Executive Officer recruitment costs and asset impairments have increased from £25,336,000 to £26,780,000 (5.7%), reflecting a combination of inflationary pressure, certain employee-related investment and increases in certain legal and professional costs. As part of the Group’s global footprint optimisation plan restructuring costs totalling £4,152,000 (2021: £3,681,000) have been incurred relating to costs associated with the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Pennsylvania, USA and the closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore. Within the restructuring costs are £3,016,000 (2021: £3,020,000) relating to a combination of site decommissioning, asset write- downs and employee related costs in Singapore and £1,136,000 (2021: £661,000) relating to employee related and asset decommissioning costs associated with the closure of the Pennsylvania, USA site. Chief Executive Officer recruitment costs of £205,000 (2021: £741,000) include share award and cash costs associated with the new Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus and the partial release of accrued prior period external Chief Executive Officer recruitment fees that were linked to first year annual bonus awards. Chief Executive Officer recruitment costs in 2021 included settlement costs and legal fees of £318,000 associated with the transition of the former Chief Executive Officer 3434 to a non-executive role and external recruitment fees of £423,000. Impairment of goodwill of £62,716,000 (2021: £nil) principally relates to the Group’s wireless operating segment where reductions in sales volumes, primarily linked to lower levels of smartphone-related demand and continuing weakness in 5G infrastructure is forecast to result in lower levels of capacity utilisation and operating segment profitability. The non-cash impairment results from the near-term softness in forecasts for wireless products as a result of the industry-wide semiconductor downturn which, has in turn, resulted from increasing inflation, geopolitical shifts and the lingering effects of the pandemic in which inventory levels built up in the industry. Impairment of intangibles of £3,439,000 (2021: £7,411,000) relates to the impairment of distributed feedback laser technology development costs where the Group has taken the decision to discontinue the development and commercialisation of the technology. The impairment in 2021 related to the write-down in value of the Group’s cREO™ filter technology development cost and patent assets totalling £4,693,000 and the impairment of Photonic quasi crystal technology-related development costs and patent assets totalling £2,718,000. A reported operating loss of £72,976,000 has been incurred (2021: £19,978,000), primarily due to the non-cash impairment of goodwill of £62,716,000. Reflecting the adjustments noted above, an adjusted operating loss of £3,557,000 in 2022 compares to an adjusted operating loss of £6,454,000 in 2021. The reduction in the loss principally reflects the positive impact of a favourable shift in sales mix and a foreign exchange tailwind at a gross profit level partially offset by increases in SG&A expenses. The segmental analysis in note 4 reflects the adjusted operating margins for the primary segments (before central corporate support costs). Photonics-adjusted operating margins increased from 2.6% in 2021 to 12.6% in 2022 reflecting a combination of improved capacity utilisation and favourable customer and product mix. Wireless-adjusted operating margins declined from 8.8% in 2021 to 6.2% in 2022, primarily reflecting reductions in volume and the associated under-utilisation of certain manufacturing capacity. The Group is targeting a reduction in under-utilised capacity through the closure of both the Singapore manufacturing site (completed in mid-2022) and the Pennsylvania site (due to be completed by 2024). Finance costs of £2,427,000 (2021: £2,213,000) reflect £1,099,000 (2021: £905,000) of bank and other interest costs and the interest expense on lease liabilities of £1,328,000 (2021: £1,308,000). Bank and other interest costs principally relate to the Group’s HSBC Bank plc revolving credit and asset finance facilities with the increase in interest cost reflecting a combination of an increase in net debt and an increase in the interest rate as both the Bank of England Base Rate and the Sterling Overnight Index Average (‘SONIA’) interest rate benchmarks have increased during the year. The tax credit of £862,000 (2021: £8,811,000 charge) consists of a current tax charge of £89,000 (2021: £1,124,000) primarily relating to taxable profits generated by the Group’s Taiwanese operations and a deferred tax credit of £951,000 (2021: £7,687,000 charge). Deferred tax asset recognition has been restricted in the UK to £nil to reflect future forecast profitability, an assessment that includes the impact of market softness in trading forecasts as a result of the industry-wide semiconductor downturn and the impact of the Group’s consolidation and investment in central and functional roles, whilst US deferred tax asset recognition has been restricted to £nil to reflect lower future forecast profitability arising from a combination of market softness, the Group’s consolidation of its US manufacturing operations and the continued shift in the balance of future forecast manufacturing and hence profits from the Group’s US operations to its UK and Asian operation. The effective tax rate of 1.1% (2021: 13.3%) applicable to the tax credit of £798,000 (2021: £1,803,000) on adjusted items is less than the UK statutory tax rate of 19%, primarily due to the non- recognition of deferred tax assets for current year UK, US and Singapore trading losses which include the adjusted Chief Executive Officer recruitment, Singapore and Pennsylvania site closure costs and intangible asset impairments. The increase in the loss for the year to £74,541,000 (2021: £31,002,000) reflects a combination of the underlying trading performance noted above and the impact of adjusted non-cash and other non-operational items, which at an adjusted level, has reduced the loss to £5,920,000 (2021: £19,281,000). Basic and diluted loss per share has increased from a loss per share of 3.87p to a loss per share of 9.27p in the current year with adjusted basic and diluted loss per share of 0.74p (2021: 2.41p), reflecting the Group’s loss at a statutory and adjusted profit level. Cash generated from operations decreased in the year to £8,873,000 (2021: £18,883,000), reflecting the Group’s favourable trading performance offset by adverse working capital and the cash impact of adjusted non- operational items. The Group has continued to invest in growing capacity to meet demand with capital expenditure of £9,438,000 (2021: £15,051,000) principally focused in Taiwan and Massachusetts to support future growth opportunities, intangible asset expenditure of £4,699,000 (2021: £345,000) focused on a combination of intellectual property and the Group’s multi-year strategic IT transformation programme and investment in targeted capitalised technology development of £3,795,000 (2021: £2,994,000). The decrease in cash generated from operations, combined with investing activity cash costs of £10,729,000 (2021: £18,305,000) and repayment of lease liabilities of £4,926,000 (2021: £3,705,000), net of proceeds from bank borrowings of £9,558,000 (2021: £6,145,000 repayment), have combined to maintain the Group’s cash position of £11,620,000 (2021: £10,791,000), but increase net debt (excluding lease liabilities and derivative financial instruments) from £5,804,000 to £15,248,000 as at 31 December 2022. Since the year end, the Group has experienced a deepening of the market softness that has impacted 2022, resulting in an increase in the Group’s net debt position prior to the successful steps that have been taken to strengthen the balance sheet of the Group. The £31,098,546 equity fundraise and refinancing of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi- currency revolving credit facility provided by HSBC Bank plc provide the necessary liquidity for the business to continue to operate and invest in its growth and diversification strategy. Equity shareholder funds total £175,060,000 (2021: £234,621,000) with the movement from 2021 primarily reflecting the loss for the year and foreign exchange differences arising on the retranslation of net investments in overseas subsidiaries. 3535 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Stakeholder engagement Consistent engagement Engaging with our stakeholders is critically important as we progress our strategic goals and develop our future plans for continued success. Tom Dale General Counsel and Company Secretary Our impact on, and engagement with, our key stakeholder groups is considered within the implementation of our strategy, which is overseen by the Executive Leadership Team and supported by the Board of Directors. We consider the impact we have on our stakeholders, as well as what our stakeholders consider important when developing IQE’s strategies for future success. We have set out below our key groups of stakeholders, the issues and factors relevant to those stakeholders and how we have engaged with those stakeholders. How the Board has engaged with shareholders, the workforce and other stakeholders Stakeholder Stakeholder description Material issues We provide the best advanced semiconductor materials solutions to our customers, supported by bespoke product offerings and personalised customer support. We have a wide and diverse range of customers serving end applications aligned with our three core markets of Smart Connected Devices, Automotive & Industrial and Communications Infrastructure & Security. Our employees are fundamental to our business success. We continually invest in our people, developing the capabilities that we will need to succeed over the longer term. We are committed to being the company where the best in our sector want to work and strive to offer opportunities that will attract, motivate and retain talented employees, enabling them to give their best. • Consistently high quality products • High standard of business conduct • Continuous improvement • Fair pricing • Excellent ongoing customer support • Opportunities for personal development and career progression • Trust and encouragement to contribute to the success of the business • Consideration of their health and wellbeing • Working as part of an inclusive and diverse culture We place considerable importance on the maintenance of regular and open dialogue with our shareholders. Our goal is to deliver our investors and shareholders with returns through profitable and sustainable growth with the efficient use of capital. • Current and future financial performance • Maximising opportunities for growth • Environmental, social and governance issues We recognise the value of our partners and suppliers. Our supplier chain plays a vital role in supporting our business growth and efficiency. To meet the expectations of our customers, we develop strong working relationships with our suppliers and look for our suppliers to provide added value. • Forecasting visibility • Product quality • Fair pricing • Long-term partnerships We believe that our technology and products will benefit and advance society. We work hard to ensure that we have a positive impact on all those around us. • Local investment • Opportunities for local investment • Impact on local and wider environmental and social issues Customers Employees Investors and Shareholders Partners and Suppliers Society 3636 Section 172(1) statement Engaging with our stakeholders and acting in a way that promotes the long-term success of the Group, while taking into account the impacts of our business decisions on our stakeholders, is central to our strategic thinking and our statutory duty in accordance with Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006. This constitutes our Section 172 Statement as required under the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018. The Board of Directors consider, both individually and collectively, that they have acted in a way that they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole, having regard to the matters set out in Section 172 (a) to (f), in the decisions taken during the year. Recognising that companies are run for the benefit of their shareholders, but that the long- term success of a business is dependent on maintaining relationships with stakeholders, the Board continuously reviews which relationships support the generation and preservation of value in the Company. These relationships include those with our customers, employees, investors and shareholders, partners and suppliers and society. As a Board, our intention is to behave responsibly and ethically at all times, in line with our Company values, and to ensure that our management teams operate the business in a responsible manner and to the highest standards of business conduct and good governance. As we act in a way which reflects our values, we will contribute to the long-term success of the Company and continue to develop our reputation as a responsible and successful Company that delivers stakeholder value. Further information as to how the Board has had regard to the Section 172 factors: Section 172 Factor Key Examples A. Consequences of any decision in the long term • Consideration of how IQE generates long-term value in the through development of our Business Model and Strategy Page Page 22 B. Interests of employees • Participation in Diversity, Equity and Inclusion planning for Page 40 the business • Promotion of employee wellbeing initiatives and benefits awareness • Participation in Town Halls and employee forums • Building strong relationships with customers and suppliers within the Group’s supply chain, which is essential for achieving the Group’s long-term strategic goals Page 38 • Consideration of Environmental, Social and Governance Page 48 improvement strategies • Review of environmental performance, ISO 14001 Environmental management system and emission reduction initiatives • Promotion of responsible business operations, with a focus on the Group’s Anti-bribery and Corruption, Confidentiality and Whistleblowing policies, and Anti-Slavery Statement C. Fostering business relationships with suppliers, customers and others D. Impact of operations on the community and the environment E. Maintaining high standard of business conduct F. Acting fairly between members of the Company • Shareholder engagement • Investor information and the Annual General Meeting Page 39 Page 36 3737 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business Supply chain We work closely with our suppliers to uphold the highest standards so that the people and environments connected to our supply chains are safe, protected and treated with respect. Our ‘One IQE Management’ philosophy reflects our core values and our ongoing commitment to doing business in a responsible manner. Our suppliers share a commitment to responsible sourcing practices which is more important now than ever. They are key partners and continue to play a critical role in helping us achieve our vision and goals. We expect our supply chain partners to uphold the same high standards as IQE leaders and employees, and always to act in an ethical, efficient and transparent manner. 2022 supply chain review After two tumultuous years, the global economy and supply chains started 2022 with what appeared to be new strength. Unfortunately in February news of the war in Ukraine broke and commodity prices spiked, notably for energy, emphasising the opportunity and need for alternate clean energy sources. Fortunately we were able to lock into lower energy costs in 2020 and hold this through to Q4 2023. Looking forward, IQE is actively working to secure future supply through 100% renewable energy supply agreements, reinforcing our commitment to a Net Zero future. IQE recognises that one way out of supply chain shortages is through an increased move towards a circular economy, in which more waste is recycled and reused. At IQE we are actively involved in projects to successfully recycle 100% of what have previously been waste materials. In 2022 we strengthened that process, with all our GaAs and InP wafer waste 3838 being 100% recycled into high purity raw material that feeds directly back into our supply chain. This has only been possible through ongoing key initiatives with our strategic supply chain partners. Looking back, 2022 was yet another year of upheaval and the changes we have seen are evidence of a longer-term global geopolitical shift. IQE’s supply chain management continues to focus and adapt our supplier relationships and sourcing strategies to meet these challenges, aligning IQE for responsible and carefully planned scaling in line with our future growth targets. + Read more at https://www.iqep.com/ responsibility/supply-chain/ “It is critical that IQE’s ethical standards are upheld by our supply chain partners, and we see these as key strategic relationships. Strong partnerships with our suppliers help to minimise supply chain disruption, minimise cost, increase efficiencies and reduce waste.“ David Bishop Head of Global Supply Chain Human Rights and Anti-Slavery Statement IQE is committed to respecting the human rights of all those working with or for us. We do not accept any form of child or forced labour and we will not do business with anyone who fails to uphold these standards. IQE has a zero-tolerance approach to modern slavery and is committed to acting ethically and with integrity in all of its business dealings and relationships and to implementing and enforcing effective systems and controls to ensure modern slavery is not taking place anywhere in its business or in any of its supply chains. The Modern Slavery Act addresses the role of businesses in preventing modern slavery within their organisations and in their supply chains. IQE has developed and implemented policies to comply with the requirements of the UK’s Modern Slavery Act and our Anti-Slavery Statement can be found at iqep.com. + Read more at iqep.com/responsibility Anti-bribery and corruption IQE maintains a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption. We have an established Anti-bribery and Corruption policy, which includes guidance on the giving and receiving of gifts and hospitality. A Gifts and Hospitality Register is also maintained to ensure transparency. Our Anti- bribery and Corruption policy applies throughout the Group and was updated in 2020 and is supported by appropriate training which was updated in 2021. Whistleblowing IQE offers staff a confidential reporting mechanism, overseen by the Group’s General Counsel and Company Secretary, which enables employees to raise concerns of malpractice, non-compliance or unethical conduct. The options for raising concerns are widely communicated to employees and are clearly set out in our Whistleblowing policy. Confidentiality Maintaining confidentiality is engrained in our culture. Our policy and practice ensure that all staff fully understand what constitutes confidential information and restrict internal access on a need-to-know basis. Information relating to third parties is not disclosed without the third parties’ written consent. 3939 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business continued Our people Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging (DEIB) IQE’s population is made up of different races, genders, ethnicities, backgrounds, religions and beliefs across our global sites. IQE is committed to providing equal opportunity, fair treatment and inclusion for all, without regard to race, gender, age, religion, ethnicity, identity, sexuality, disability, genetic disposition, neurodiversity, veteran status, perspective, experience or any other aspect which makes an individual unique. Following Americo Lemos’ arrival as CEO, we are revisiting our Company values to make sure we are cultivating a work environment where different perspectives, inclusive relationships and diverse networks can unlock unlimited potential for all. A central part of our DEIB commitment is our desire to demonstrate inclusive leadership and represent the diversity of our organisation and the communities where we live and work. In 2022 we invested in developing our Company culture, with our Executive and Senior Leadership Teams beginning their own learning and cultural awareness programmes so they can inspire a culture of belonging from within IQE, and ultimately drive greater representation at the highest levels. We sourced Diversity Partners across the Group who have a shared interest in DEIB education and advocacy. We recognise that gender diversity remains an ongoing issue within our industry; however, we are committed to improving our gender balance. In 2022 our percentage of female employees increased from 16% to 18%. We are supporting our Talent Acquisition Team to increase inclusion during the hiring process, with the aim of attracting, developing and retaining STEM talent and securing a more diverse pool of joiners. We are investing in the success of women at IQE with the roll out of the IQE Women’s Network on International Women’s Day. A highly anticipated employee resource group, the network will be focused on sharing information, supporting development, encouraging leadership, strengthening networks, uncovering opportunities and championing success for women across the IQE Group. We celebrate diversity through our cultural celebration calendar. Recognising the traditions and celebrations that are important to our employees recognises and embraces the diversity of our global team and fosters a positive and communicative environment. We are also aiming to build strategic partnerships with diverse organisations and networks who share our commitment to DEIB and can support us with our evolving journey of effective and sustainable transformation. In 2022 30% of vacancies were filled by women, up from 21% in 2021 Gender diversity Board level 2022 2021 Female Male Group level 2022 82% 2021 84% Female Male 71% 29% 71% 29% 18% 16% Group level recruitment 70% 30% 79% 21% 2022 2021 Female Male 4040 “Our employees are at the heart of the success of IQE and are core to our ability to meet our growth ambitions. To succeed, IQE will attract, develop, reward and retain the best talent across the globe.“ William Chin Interim Chief People Officer Employee wellbeing IQE is focused on the physical and mental health of our employees, particularly after the pressures brought about over the last two years by the global pandemic. We routinely promote wellbeing support available through our employee benefits platforms and undertake benefits sessions facilitated by our brokers to ensure our leaders, people managers and employees are aware of the assistance available to them. January is Benefits Month and in 2022 we again focused on communicating our employee benefits across the Group, with an emphasis on what we offer and how to access and effectively utilise personal benefits. IQE continuously reviews our benefit offerings to ensure our plans are attractive and market competitive for our employees and, where possible, their families. By the end of 2022, we saw a 104% increase in the number of employees accessing their benefit offering. We also increased our qualified Mental Health First Aiders at IQE in 2022 from 10 to 23 (13 in the UK and 10 in the US). We recognise Mental Health Awareness Week, World Mental Health Day and other key Mental Wellness days with a range of communications and support, including a series of webinars for managers to aid their employees with harm prevention strategies and mental health intervention support when required. Our Employee Assistance Programmes (EAP) offer 24/7 support and include bereavement assistance, counselling, legal and financial support. Early intervention assistance is provided through external specialists and employee wellness plans, mitigating absence and aiding returns to work. Black History Month (UK) In October we celebrated UK Black History Month. The highlight was CEO Americo Lemos hosting a live conversation where he discussed his background, the journey he has taken with his career in the technology industry, and how he champions diversity and inclusion. The event had a fantastic turnout both in person and online, and facilitated lots of valuable discussions in recognition of the importance of bringing diversity, equity and inclusion issues to the forefront. 41 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business continued Communication and engagement In 2022 we engaged with Best Companies, a leading employee engagement specialist who delivers powerful data and insights to help positive change in the workplace. We undertook our second formal employee engagement survey titled ‘b-Heard’, and were delighted to receive an 85% response rate. We achieved ‘One to Watch’ status for the second year running, which represents ‘Good’ levels of workplace engagement, as well as uncovering 3, 2 – and 1-Star functions amongst our Group. We also ranked in the Best Companies to Work for in the Manufacturing Sector Q3 2022. The b-Heard feedback encouraged us to create action plans where areas of improvement were identified. These were driven bottom-up, reflecting what our employees believe we do well, where they believe we could close engagement gaps whilst also sharing pockets of great practice. We are very proud of our One to Watch status which we will seek to retain and improve upon. We have a strong desire to achieve a star for the Group overall. Procurement of Workplace in 2020, an internally focused connectivity platform developed by Facebook, Inc., has enabled the continued use of groups, instant messaging and a news feed to encourage employee communication. At the time of writing, we have 477 users and 33 dedicated groups; a 20% increase in users since 2021. Our leaders and employees alike utilise the functionality to talk, share and generally engage with each other virtually. This has been a resounding success for our business and allows us to maintain an all-important social connection whilst working hybridly. In 2022, we saw 799 posts created with 1,409 comments and 9,474 reactions. In 2022, we launched our UK HR Information System (HRIS) to support our HR and payroll teams to effectively manage employee data and payroll processes. The system also encompasses an employee and manager self- service element, allowing employees to book their annual leave, and update their personal information as well as store correspondence relating to their employment. Empowering and supporting our talent IQE attracts the best and brightest global talent and we work hard to offer an unbeatable experience, recruiting, retaining and developing the best talent in our sector. We are continuing to use our Competence Management System which encompasses a formal learning and assessment process and various training and development forms, plans and logs. Training processes are now communicated within departments and formalised via our document control systems. In 2022, 347 of our employees participated in Personal Development Plans with 63% of employees completing their targets by the year end. Our Talent Development team will continue to work with managers and employees to effectively identify, source and facilitate learning and development activities, supported, where possible, by government funding. This includes supporting professional development through formal qualifications, as well as enhancing on-the-job knowledge and skills. In partnership with Results Exploration Group and The Engagement Coach, IQE continued leadership development with a focus on engagement, emotional intelligence, and teamwork in 2022. The b-Heard survey supported our focus to develop our people and we continue to do so as we strive to create engagement opportunities for all. 4242 Learning and Development In 2022, we celebrated Learning at Work Week by showcasing the various ways in which employees can learn and develop in both in a professional and personal capacity. We held webinars with local training and Further Education providers as well as improving the offering on our internal Learning Management System ‘The Vault’; we have been working with our global teams to create bespoke content tailored to our colleagues. Recently this has included a series of Risk and Governance courses, and Quality, Health and Safety Modules are being re-worked to raise awareness and mitigate risk. We have also engaged with an IP provider to further support knowledge within this area. Early careers Over the past year, IQE has invested time in fostering relationships with local schools, colleges and universities, to provide education and knowledge to students and education leaders on the semiconductor industry and career offerings. From this, we have begun to see a gradual rise in semiconductor modules in the school curriculum. This is an important step in raising awareness of STEM careers, particularly for students from diverse backgrounds. 2022 also saw us attend US and UK careers fairs, which have been a great success, securing hires and building robust talent pipelines. We continue to partner with a local university in South Wales to create content-specific courses to bridge the skills gap. Communities and social review Making a positive contribution to the communities in which we live and work is something that IQE, and our employees, care deeply about. IQE provides time for each employee to make a difference, with one full or two half-days paid volunteering entitlement annually. All team members are encouraged to get involved in activities that give back to their communities throughout the year. Giving Something Back IQE’s Giving Something Back Committee was formed to support charitable and community engagement at all of our global sites. We are focused on a global approach to giving, but with local execution. Each IQE site has a ‘Site Champion’ who administers a Giving Something Back budget, making sure we are supporting the engagements and initiatives that mean the most to our people and their communities. Habitat for Humanity IQE’s Pennsylvania team supplied a workforce and gave a monetary donation to Habitat for Humanity on multiple occasions throughout the year. Habitat for Humanity assists in providing community housing. Staff painted interior walls, laid floors, cut and installed trim and helped with deck building. Food bank donations One of the first Giving Something Back initiatives we launched was a food bank drive at all of our global sites. This proved to be very successful, with tinned food and other non-perishables being collected for both people and pets alike. In South Wales, donations (pictured) were split between Caerphilly Food Bank and Cardiff Food Bank. Taiwan beach clean up IQE’s team in Taiwan participated in a beach clean up in October as a way to give back to their community and make a difference. Twenty employees and their family members joined in the event. For over four hours they collected as much rubbish as they could, including abandoned fishing nets. The benefits of the beach clean up were felt by all, and it was a great way to help the environment, get exercise and meet new people. Angel Tree In 2021 IQE Massachusetts debuted an ‘Angel Tree’ for the students at Edward F Leddy Preschool in Taunton. Due to its overwhelming success, IQE MA again participated in 2022. The tree was located on a table in the lobby and its ornaments consisted of numbered tags that held the information specific to a student in need, allowing gifts to be selected based on the age, gender and interests of the child. Donations were also matched with a VISA gift card that was distributed to the child’s family. Alongside the Angel Tree gifts, we also collected new or gently used children’s winter apparel. 4343 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business continued Intellectual property IQE has a world-leading intellectual property portfolio born from over 30 years of experience. Our IP strategy mirrors and complements our broader business strategy and is concentrated on both core and developing markets. IQE’s patent applications are aligned to our growth markets IQE has more patent families than other pure play epiwafer companies 58 47 118 Smart Connected Devices Communications Infrastructure Automotive & Industrial 118 47 58 IQE Competitor 1 Competitor 2 IQE’s patent filing profile is growing and adapting to mirror the Company strategy +1/3 2022 2023* Connect Sense Power Display 47% 25% 4% 24% Connect Sense Power Display 28% 20% 19% 33% * 2023 figures are target total and profile. IQE technology is underpinned by our intellectual property (IP) portfolio. In 2022 we streamlined our portfolio to better match our strategic aims and technology projects. We have around 140 granted patents, with 2022 yielding eight new grants and 16 new patent applications. We have plenty more in the pipeline with our portfolio growth targeted to support IQE’s five-year plan and beyond. Our patents cover all our technology development areas and are aligned to our market verticals: Smart Connected Devices, Communications Infrastructure, and Automotive and Industrial. Our process know-how, the secrets of our trade which have been gained through more than 30 years in the field, enhances this work and is closely protected by IQE. With rigorous internal processes to identify and review inventions in our teams, we are able to harvest inventions efficiently and to make strategic decisions over those that we protect by patent and those we protect by trade secrets and confidentiality. Training of our staff ensures that everyone understands the value of our IP in our technology and products. “A strong, strategic approach to IP enables our strategy by positioning IQE to articulate its intangible asset value, whilst identifying and minimising risks.” Victoria Yeomans Head of IP 4444 Health & Safety review During 2022, IQE increased its already considerable focus on Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) in order to drive the necessary improvements required to support our future ambitions. Deployment of the Company’s EHS strategy continued, further solidifying the solid foundations put in place during 2021 whilst working to evolve and align systems and processes across IQE to ensure they are world class and fit for the future. Drive to world class To drive the journey to world-class performance, focus was placed on six key pillars which are critical to achieving our vision: • Visible Leadership – Increase the visibility and engagement of leadership to help develop a positive culture • Governance – Implement robust governance processes for EHS • Compliance Assurance – Implement robust compliance assurance processes • Competence – Deploy a framework for demonstrable competence at all organisational levels • Learning Organisation – Deploy a framework to support sharing and learning from events and best practices across the organisation • Continuous Improvement – Actively seek out best practices internally and externally to drive continuous improvement across EHS. Existing processes are also regularly reviewed in order to identify opportunities for improvement “As IQE looks to scale and achieve our future revenue targets, EHS systems and processes are critical to our future success.” Scott McKinnon Health, Safety and Environment Director Key approach in 2023 During the coming year, EHS initiatives will remain laser-focused on continuing to deploy our strategy, driving towards world- class performance and developing a positive EHS culture at all levels of the organisation. As IQE looks to scale and achieve our future revenue targets, EHS systems and processes are critical to our future success. A focus on standardisation, centralisation and preparing our sites and the EHS systems for scale is key. To support this, a change in reporting structures will bring site-based EHS personnel under the management of the central EHS function. This will allow for an expedience of alignment which is critical to our growth trajectory. Reporting As part of our drive for continuous improvement, data reporting within EHS was further reviewed during the past year and aligned to ensure consistent, comparable data can be recorded, trended and analysed, while ensuring key corrective actions can be tracked moving forward. 4545 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business continued Health and safety performance Near miss/opportunities vs positive conversations 200 150 100 50 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec OFI +Convo During the year, the focus within the business on identifying and reporting opportunities for improvement and near miss events intensified. As an organisation, we realise that by capturing these lessons and taking swift action to remediate any deficiencies, we can prevent events and incidents in the longer term. It is also a key element in driving a positive culture of openness and reporting in the organisation. To achieve this, education activities were completed across the business alongside awareness-raising campaigns, supplemented by regular review and drive from the top of the organisation. The number of reports grew more than 3x from the previous year which is a tremendous achievement. In the coming year this focus will continue, with an emphasis on the quality of the reports being identified. Three of our colleagues suffered lost time injuries during the year. This was a reduction from six the previous year; however, as an organisation we still see this as three too many. All of the employees were supported following the events and have all been able to return to work on normal duties. One of these injuries was reportable to the regulator after the injured employee was unable to attend work carrying out normal duties for seven days. No action was taken by the regulator. The number of overall injuries (including those which led to lost time) remains fairly constant at 20, a reduction of one from the previous year. Within IQE we encourage reporting of all injuries, no matter how minor, in order that they can be robustly investigated to prevent re-occurrence. 3 lost time injuries 20 total injuries 1,630 near miss reports/OFIs 4646 The majority of the injuries reported were very minor and employees were able to return to work on normal duties during the same shift. All injuries were investigated to prevent re-occurrence. During 2022, in addition to our Taiwan facility, a further two of IQE’s sites attained certification to the ISO45001 Occupational Health and Safety standard. 2022 Safety performance Lost Time Injuries All Injuries (inc. LTIs) Near Miss OFI Average per site 2022 EHS performance This certificate jointly covers two of the three sites in South Wales, with the third site scheduled to receive certification during 2023. Work is well progressed to ensure we are positioned to attain certification across our US sites and the remaining UK site in the near future. Lost time injuries Total injuries Total events Near miss/OFIs 3 20 137 1630 2022 3 20 2022 1,630 163* 2021 6 21 2021 452 45 * Two sites operated for ~six months each so classed as one site for averaging purposes. 4747 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Responsible business continued Environment overview Environmental performance 2022 Environmental performance Environmental incidents (reportable) Environmental incidents (not reportable) NM/OFI environmental Average per site Waste generation summary Total Waste Generation (tonnes) Landfill (non-hazardous) to land Recycled Hazardous Energy (incineration) Total waste Water usage summary Total water use (cubic metres) Municipal supply Recycled water Purchased water Total water used Energy consumption summary (kWh) Gas Electricity 2022 1 2 126 12.6 2022 102 1,548 236 47 1,933 2021 0 2 25 2.5 2021 121 1,341 353 13 1,828 2022 103,610 373 647 2021 120,613 3,428 1,309 104,630 125,350 2022 2021 17,788,539 19,484,146 50,014,056 59,514,203 Following the attainment of an ISO 14064 certification last year independently verifying the Company’s greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, IQE’s ESG Committee reviewed the collated data and agreed to further strengthen the Company’s environmental goals. In 2022, IQE became a signatory to the Science Based Targets initiative, publicly making commitments to achieve Net Zero and carbon neutrality by 2050. As part of this process IQE will be required to outline our near-term emissions reductions plans. Disappointingly, during the year at one of our operational sites a limit set out in our operating permit was exceeded. The exceedance was very small; however, this was notified to the relevant authorities in a timely manner along with details of the remedial actions taken to prevent re-occurrence. Following review by the local authorities, no further action was required. Pleasingly, the focus regarding the reporting of Opportunities for Improvement and Near Misses across the business had a positive effect on environmental reporting across our sites. The average number of Environmental Opportunities or Near Misses reported increased 5x in the past year, from 2.5 average per site to 12.6. All of these were remediated and investigated to prevent re-occurrence. 4848 Again, this was not unexpected, however, such situations will be monitored to ensure they remain controlled. A small increase in our 2021 total GHG emissions data was seen as last year we were only able to collate category 1 and 2 data. This year we were able to collect data for categories 3 and 4, and we chose to update our historical figures with this additional information. Certification IQE successfully achieved certification for ISO 14064-1 for a second consecutive year in 2022. This shows we have quantified and reported our GHG emissions information to an internationally- recognised ISO standard. This is a requirement for the design, development, management, reporting and verification of an organisation’s GHG inventory. GHG emissions There was a 13.32% reduction in absolute emissions for 2022 in comparison to 2021. This is due to a number of factors, most notably the closure of the Singapore facility and another smaller site along with the scaling down of the Pennsylvania facility’s operations in preparation for closure. These organisational consolidation exercises resulted in a significant drop in electric and gas consumption. Other elements such as air travel witnessed significant rises during 2022 as the restrictions imposed as a result of COVID were lifted across the globe. Emissions data Inventory summary (tCO2e) Category (ISO 14064-1:2018) Category 1: Direct emissions Category 2: Indirect emissions from imported energy (location-based method) Category 3: Indirect emissions from transportation Category 4: Indirect emissions from products used by organisation Category 5: Indirect emissions associated with the use of products from the organisation Category 6: Indirect emissions from other sources Total direct emissions Total indirect emissions Total gross emissions Scopes (ISO 14064-1:2006) Scope 1 Scope 2 Scope 3 2022 3,334 16,751 1,083 1,012 0.00 0.00 3,334 18,846 22,180 2021 3,689 20,084 661 1,157 0.00 0.00 3,689 21,902 25,591 4949 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Risk management Our approach and appetite for risk We recognise risk as an inherent part of our business operations and we approach risk with the same deliberate, strategic consideration as other aspects of the business. The effective management of risk contributes significantly to the successful delivery of the Group’s strategic plans and objectives. The Group Risk Committee monitors the risk environment, in particular those risks identified as principal or emerging risks on a regular basis, while the Board is responsible for the overall stewardship of risk management and internal control. The Group Risk Committee considers risks using a top-down and bottom-up approach, with the Committee members obtaining input from around the business, which together with oversight and support from the Audit & Risk Committee and the Board, creates an effective system for monitoring, planning and developing a Group-wide culture and approach to risk. The Group Risk Committee will periodically report to the Audit & Risk Committee on the Group’s principal risks and the mitigating actions being taken to address those risks. The Group Risk Committee is responsible for the maintenance and regular updating of a risk register which articulates the Group’s principal risks and the actions being taken to address those risks. The risk register is in a standardised format and includes the likelihood of a risk materialising, and an assessment of that risk both before and after the Group’s mitigation activities. Board Reports to Audit & Risk Committee Works with Group Risk Committee Risk Reviews • Regular reviews of Group’s principal risks Risk Assurance • Specialist functions setting policies and performing reviews Risk Register • Group risk register maintained and reviewed by Group Risk Committee • Sites, business units & support functions provide specific risk registers for review Bottom-up reviews Operating sites, business units, support functions, R&D 5050 The Group continues to develop its risk management framework towards a ‘Three Lines of Defence’ model. The Group is focused on establishing the necessary processes and internal expertise for the first and second lines of defence and will thereafter look to establish an internal audit function. A c c o u n t a b i l i t y Principal risks and uncertainties The table below sets out the Group’s principal risks and describes the likelihood, potential impact and the Group’s mitigation measures for those risks. We have also identified the direction of change from 2021. Major health and safety incident and/or major accident to the environment IQE operates in a highly controlled and regulated environment due to the nature of the materials used in its manufacturing processes. Loss of key people IQE’s people are fundamental to its success and IQE has a number of individuals in key roles. Cybersecurity Cybersecurity including risks from malware, malicious actions, accident and other unauthorised access. Intellectual Property Infringement or loss of IQE’s intellectual property rights. IQE’s intellectual property rights are a core element of its competitive offering. Mitigation Effect • Strong internal controls, including technical and engineering control measures • Continuous improvement of health, safety and environment management systems • Continuous auditing and monitoring of production systems and equipment and close down of audit actions • Only trained and competent persons permitted to work with potentially harmful materials • ISO 14001 for all operational sites Harm to IQE’s people or the environment, reputational damage, regulatory investigation and/or legal proceedings, fines and penalties. Mitigation Effect • Competitive reward schemes including comprehensive benefits and an all-employee share option scheme Quality issues, production issues, technology development delays, wage inflation. • Employee communication and engagement strategy Talent development and retention plans • Succession management • Corporate processes and infrastructure Mitigation Effect • Investment in people, processes and technology • Third-party vulnerability assessments, testing and Operational disruption, loss of intellectual property, loss of data. close down of actions • Staff training and IT policies regarding use of IT and systems Mitigation Effect • Patent strategy • Proactive and rigorous defence of IQE’s rights • Appropriate contractual confidentiality obligations Degradation of IQE’s competitive advantage, loss of market opportunity, significant legal fees. and controls around the sharing of sensitive information • Internal controls to protect IQE’s confidential information Key: Likelihood Low Medium High Trend Increased risk Decreased risk No change to risk New risk Impact Low Medium High 5151 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Risk management continued Breach of legal and regulatory requirements IQE operates on a global scale and must ensure compliance with laws and regulations wherever we do business. Mitigation Effect • Global monitoring of commercial arrangements and agreements • Global policies and procedures to ensure compliance with our legal obligations – particularly around, health, safety and environment, taxation, export controls and anti-bribery and corruption laws • Global whistleblowing policy • Monitoring and reporting of legal and regulatory issues to the Audit & Risk Committee Harm to IQE’s people or the environment, reputational damage, regulatory investigation and/or legal proceedings, fines and penalties. International trade compliance Changes in international export controls laws which impact IQE’s ability to serve global markets. Mitigation • Continued development of products and technologies which can be supplied to a number of different geographical markets in compliance with export control laws • Diversification of customers and products • Use of production equipment which is subject to lesser export control restrictions • Monitoring of changes in export control laws Greater geopolitical conflict Effect Loss of market opportunity leading to reduction in revenues and profit. Increasing geopolitical risks leading to customs disputes and trade restrictions ie. those between USA and China, and the ongoing conflict between China and Taiwan, may constrain global trade and semiconductor supply specifically. Mitigation Effect • Ensure that IQE’s products remain world-leading through investment in opportunities identified in product roadmap Loss of market share, price erosion, reduced sales volume and reduced profitability. • Proactive customer engagement including direct engagement with end customers • Diversification through new markets, new products and new customers • Diversification of supply through IQE’s geographically spread manufacturing sites • Technology and equipment roadmap planning to maintain compliance with trade restrictions • Multiple sourcing for key manufacturing inputs • Pursuing long-term commitments from IQE’s customers Customer concentration High level of customer concentration with the majority of IQE’s revenues derived from a small number of key customers. Mitigation Effect • Customer diversification to reduce extent of reliance on key customers • Product diversification with existing and new customers • Market diversification through new global markets and new product opportunities • Strategy as a materials specialist, enabling supply across the market Risk of loss of market share, product volume and reduced sales and profitability. 5252 Insufficient cash flow Insufficient cash flow generation to underpin any capital investment that might be needed to exploit business opportunities. Mitigation Effect • Capital structure strategy. The Group completed a £31,098,546 equity raise on 18 May 2023 • Capital investment strategy including management of credit facilities. The Group extended its Revolving Credit Facility with HSBC Bank until May 2026 on 17 May 2023 • Long-term business planning to determine investment priorities and phasing of investments • Cash flow forecasting and working capital management Inability to exploit opportunities and grow resulting in lower revenue and profitability. Failure of new products New products fail to deliver expected revenue and profitability. Mitigation Effect • Engaging with customers early in the product development lifecycle to align new product and technology development with customer requirements • Qualifying new products with customers and investment in capacity to support customer qualification and R&D • Maintaining a clear product roadmap which ensures that IQE remains at the forefront of new technology Lower than expected revenue and profit growth, reduced ability to invest. Critical supplier disruption Disruption in the supply of equipment or materials from critical suppliers where there are limited or constrained alternative supply sources. IT transformation Transformation of IT systems or retention of existing legacy IT systems causes disruption to IQE’s business Mitigation Effect • Long-term agreements with critical suppliers • Qualifying multiple suppliers • Capacity and stock planning • Forward buying of utility contracts Impacts on production resulting in lower revenue and profitability. Increased cost of production. Mitigation Effect • Development and implementation of IT landscape to support IQE’s growth • Incremental improvements to existing IT systems • Solution due diligence and vendor partnering • Senior stakeholder ownership • Programme reporting and structured programme governance • Extensive planning on business change requirements and time commitments from SMEs Business disruption or escalating costs resulting in lower revenue and/or profitability. Key: Likelihood Low Medium High Trend Increased risk Decreased risk No change to risk New risk Impact Low Medium High 5353 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Risk management continued Insufficient liquidity Insufficient liquidity or cash funding available to meet obligations as they fall due. Effect Going concern risk and reputational damage. Mitigation • The Group prepares regular financial forecasts to evaluate its funding and liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. These forecasts are reviewed and approved by the Board. Based on these forecasts, appropriate funding and liquidity solutions are put in place in order to ensure that appropriate cash liquidity and funding headroom is maintained to meet financial obligations as they fall due • The Group’s net debt (excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/losses on derivative instruments) position increased to £15,248,000 at 31 December 2022. The increase in net debt principally reflects the Group’s investment activities where investment in capital expenditure, technology development and IT systems has exceeded cash generated from operations • The Group’s trading in Q1 2023 has experienced an acceleration of the market softness that has impacted 2022 with weaker demand and a reduction in customer orders and forecasts that is expected to result in a decline in 2023 revenue year on year. In this context, the Group has: • Extended its $35m USD Revolving Credit Facility with HSBC Bank until May 2026 • Completed an equity fundraise on 18 May 2023 for £30,000,000 and a REX retail offer for £1,098,546. • These two capital structure actions, which were completed in May 2023, ensure that the Group is able to forecast sufficient liquidity headroom and credit facility covenant compliance in both base case and severe but plausible downside scenarios for the forecast period ended 31 December 2024 5454 Global economic downturn and semiconductor industry cyclical contraction Mitigation Effect • Cost reduction and cash preservation actions and controls • Capital expenditure controls • Inventory management • Customer and supply chain intelligence • Short and long-term financial forecasts • Business diversification strategy Reduction in revenue and profitability with corresponding cashflow impact. The slowdown of the global economy will continue to affect all businesses across the globe. In addition, the global semiconductor industry is in a period of cyclical inventory reduction which is expected to last through at least the first half of 2023. Key: Likelihood Low Medium High Trend Increased risk Decreased risk No change to risk New risk Impact Low Medium High Russia & Ukraine conflict The ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine is demonstrative of the increasingly contested geopolitical environment. IQE has been, and will continue to be, impacted by higher energy prices which are, in part, a result of the conflict. Higher inflation and the higher nominal interest rates used by national governments to combat inflation are expected to have an impact on IQE consistent with the effects felt globally. Climate risk IQE is in the process of building the required processes to support the identification and assessment of climate risks. IQE supports the TCFD framework and will develop disclosures in line with the TCFD’s recommendations. Our first TCFD statement will be in our Annual Report published in 2024 and will be supported by our very first sustainability report. 5555 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Risk management continued Long-term viability Viability statement As required by provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Company over a five-year period, considering the Group’s current financial position, business strategy and the results of it performing a robust assessment of emerging and principal risks (see pages 51 to 55). The Board believes that a five-year period is an appropriate time frame for assessing the Group’s longer-term viability. This period is covered by the Group’s strategic planning horizon and considers the nature of the Group’s principal risks. The Board believes that a five-year period reflects a period of time over which information and forecasts concerning demand for the development, qualification and production of compound semiconductor wafers, is considered reasonably reliable. In making this assessment, the Directors have taken account of the Group’s current strategy, funding arrangements and ability to raise new finance in most market conditions if required and includes the Board’s view that the Group will be able to renew or refinance its existing £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) revolving credit facility agreement which expires in May 2026. The Board’s key criteria for considering the Group’s viability is the maintenance of a net cash position or the ability to operate within agreed debt arrangements, demonstrating that the Group would be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Whilst all of the risks identified on pages 51 to 55 of this Annual Report could have an impact on the Group’s performance, in making this assessment, the Directors have considered the following issues which could threaten the business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity of the Group and which, given the magnitude of their potential impact, the Board 5656 considers appropriate for the purposes of this assessment: • the current semiconductor industry and economic outlook, which the Directors’ believe presents a temporary but significant challenge to the business in 2023 where market softness, weaker demand and a reduction in customer orders and forecasts is expected to result in a significant year-on- year decline in revenue; and • a material escalation in geopolitical tensions, particularly in respect of any potential conflict between China and Taiwan, as a risk that could have a significant impact on the global semiconductor industry. To ensure IQE continues to be well positioned to exploit opportunities within an industry that is forecast to continue to grow in accordance with strong historical long-term industry trends, the Directors’ have completed the following steps in the post balance sheet period to strengthen the balance sheet of the business. This includes the refinancing of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi- currency revolving credit facility and the successful £31,098,546 equity fundraise. These steps will provide the Group with the necessary liquidity to continue trading during the current semiconductor market downturn, provide sufficient headroom to protect against a later than forecast recovery from the market downturn and allow the Group to continue to invest in its growth and diversification strategy. In order to deliver the short and longer term plan the Group has taken a number of actions to rationalise cost in order to maintain investment which is aligned with a clearly defined technology and product roadmap that is supported by a combination of strategic consolidation of the Group’s manufacturing sites, capital investment in manufacturing capacity and investment in next generation compound semiconductor research and development. Cost rationalisation and efficiency saving actions include staff redundancies, operational efficiencies and reductions in areas of discretionary expenditure whilst the completed closure of the Group’s Singapore facility and the announced closure of the Pennsylvania (US) facility, with the resultant consolidation of molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) capacity into the Group’s North Carolina (US) site, will deliver improved production efficiency and margins in the medium to long term. Capital investment in manufacturing capacity at the Group’s sites in Newport (UK), Massachusetts (US) and Hsinchu (Taiwan), combined with further capital investment planned in GaN related capacity across the Group, provides capacity for growth that is aligned with the Group’s strategy and its technology and product roadmap. This investment in GaN will underpin the Group’s diversification into advanced displays and power electronics segments of the compound semiconductor market. Stress tests and scenario analyses to determine the Group’s viability have been performed as part of the assessment. The assessment takes account of the post year end actions implemented by the Directors to mitigate the financial impact of current market softness, including the results of the completed refinancing of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility and the successful £31,098,546 equity fundraise. In performing these tests, the Group considered a severe but plausible downside scenario in which the Group’s business performance is adversely affected by a slower recovery in the broader semiconductor industry aligned with its going concern review and a reverse stress test extended over the longer five-year plan period. The Board have signed off on a strategy and five-year plan to grow and diversify revenues over the five-year period. This growth will be generated from a combination of the Group’s existing manufacturing capacity and investment in new capacity, funded from a combination of improved operational cashflows and additional finance which the Board believe can be raised from a variety of sources. Over the period to 2027, a reverse stress test demonstrates that in the event that operational cash flows or funding for investment in new capacity beyond the going concern review period to 31 December 2024 is not available, forecast revenue generated from existing manufacturing capacity could fall by 30% before a typical leverage covenant test of 3x would be breached. A material escalation in the geopolitical tensions relating to China and Taiwan, in particular any escalation into military conflict, could have a material impact on both the Group and the wider semiconductor industry. Given the wide range of potential scenarios, and the unpredictability inherent in this risk, the potential impact of this risk has not been estimated by the Directors. Notwithstanding the high level of uncertainty, the Directors are confident that the Group’s global site portfolio and the Group’s growth and diversification strategy will sufficiently mitigate the range of potential impacts. The Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five year period to 31 December 2027. This strategic report has been approved by the Board and signed on their behalf by: Phil Smith Chairman 23 May 2023 5757 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Strategic report Board of Directors Strong governance and leadership Dr Drew Nelson OBE, BSc, PhD, FREng (68) President and Non-Executive Director E Dr Drew Nelson has over 30 years’ experience in the semiconductor industry in a variety of research and managerial positions. Following a PhD in Semiconductor Physics, he joined BT Research Laboratories in 1981, leading the group responsible for the development of advanced optoelectronic devices for optical fibre communications. He subsequently managed the technology transfer from BT to Agilent for mass production. He co-founded EPI in 1988 (which became IQE in 1999) and was appointed Chief Executive Officer of IQE plc in April 1999 until September 2021. Dr Nelson has held several Non-Executive Directorship roles, and served on several government and industry bodies. He received an OBE in 2001 for services to the electronics industry. He is currently a member of the high level group appointed by the EC to oversee the implementation of Key Enabling Technologies (KETs) throughout Europe. Phil Smith CBE, FREng, FIET (65) Chairman E N R Americo Lemos (55) Chief Executive Officer Tim Pullen BA, ACA (45) Chief Financial Officer Tim Pullen joined IQE as the Chief Financial Officer in February 2019. Prior to this, Mr Pullen was the Chief Financial Official of Arm Limited, a global semiconductor and software design company owned by Softbank Group. Before joining Arm, he was Finance Director at O2/ Telefonica UK, where he held a variety of senior financial positions, including responsibility for Technology Operations, B2B and Digital segments and Finance Operations. In connection with his time at O2, Mr. Pullen also held roles as a Non-Executive Director of Tesco Mobile, O2’s joint venture with Tesco, and was a Director of Cornerstone Telecommunications Infrastructure Limited, O2’s network sharing joint venture with Vodafone. Mr Pullen has also worked in a number of technology and services businesses, including Serco, Fujitsu and Dell. Mr Pullen is a Chartered Accountant and qualified with Ernst & Young. Phil Smith joined the IQE Board in 2016 and took over as Chairman in April 2019 and Executive Chairman from September 2021 to January 2022. Americo joined IQE from the executive team at GlobalFoundries Inc., a New York headquartered semiconductor designer and manufacturer. Americo Lemos joined IQE in January 2022 from the executive team at GlobalFoundries, one of the world’s leading semiconductor manufacturers. As GF’s Senior Vice President of Business Development for Asia Pacific and China Country President, Mr Lemos was responsible for driving the business’s efficiency and growth in these critical markets. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice President at Qualcomm, responsible for its data center business. Before joining Qualcomm, Mr Lemos was Vice President of Platform Engineering at Intel, responsible for strategic ventures with China semiconductor companies from 2009 to 2015. Before Intel, he held leadership roles with Texas Instruments, Quanta Computer in Taiwan and Skyworks. Mr Lemos holds a Master of Sciences, Electronics and Computers degree from École Nationale Supérieure de Sciences Appliquées et de Technologie (ENSSAT) in Lannion, France. Previously he was appointed Chairman of Cisco for the UK in 2016, after eight years as Cisco’s Chief Executive. He is also the Chairman of Innovate UK and Chairman of the Tech Partnership. Additionally, he sits on the Board of the National Centre for Universities and Business (NCUB). Mr Smith has a 35 year track record in the technology industry in leading companies including Philips Electronics and IBM. As Chief Executive and now Chairman of Cisco, he leads around 5,500 people in the UK and Ireland. He created Cisco’s British Innovation Gateway (BIG) programme, as a legacy of London 2012 to spark nationwide ingenuity, ambition and growth through technology entrepreneurship. In September 2014 he was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Birmingham City University, cited for his outstanding contribution to the IT industry, a “leader among leaders”. In March 2015, Mr Smith was awarded an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws by the University of Warwick and in 2016 an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Science by his alma mater, Glasgow University. He was honoured in the 2019 Queen’s Birthday Honours List with the award of Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) for services to technology, business and skills. 5858 Key for Committee membership A Audit Committee member R Remuneration Committee member N Nomination Committee member E Environmental, Social & Governance Committee member Chair of Committee Carol Chesney FCA (60) Senior Independent Director Victoria Hull (60) Non-Executive Director Sir Derek Jones KCB (70) Non-Executive Director A R N R N A E R N A An experienced Non- Executive Director, Victoria Hull is currently serving Non-Executive Directorship and Remuneration Committee roles for listed technological companies including Alphawave IP Group plc and Network International Holdings plc. Victoria is also the Senior Independent Director for Ultra Electronics Holdings plc. Prior to these appointments, Ms Hull held an executive directorship at Invensys, now Schneider Electric. Having worked in a variety of global companies at Executive Committee or Board level, her appointment to the Board of IQE brings an extensive understanding of legal, commercial and governance matters. Victoria has a strong background in corporate finance and began her career as a trainee solicitor at Clifford Chance LLP. Carol Chesney joined IQE’s Board in May 2019 and was appointed as a Senior Independent Director in November 2020. Since October 2012, Mrs Chesney has served as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Renishaw plc. In addition, she is a Non- Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committees of Imagination Technologies, Hunting plc and Biffa plc. Until 2018 Mrs Chesney served as the Company Secretary of Halma plc, a FTSE 100 health, safety and environmental technology group, having also served as the group’s Financial Controller. During her time at Halma, Mrs Chesney’s role included corporate governance, legal compliance, equity incentives, pensions, internal audit management, taxation, property, health and safety compliance, environmental reporting and anti-bribery and corruption compliance. Mrs Chesney is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and qualified with Arthur Andersen in the UK. Sir Derek Jones KCB is Chair of Keolis UK, the international transport company; he is also Chair of the Prince’s Trust in Wales. He is also an independent adviser at Cardiff University, where he is an Honorary Fellow and Professor, and a Vice President of Cardiff Business Club. Sir Derek was the Permanent Secretary of the Welsh Government until February 2017. Sir Derek spent the earlier part of his government career in Whitehall, working at HM Treasury and the Department for Trade & Industry, where he headed the Far East Trade Desk. In government in Wales he also served as Director of Finance and Director of Economic Affairs, during which time he was instrumental in securing major inward investment projects, particularly from Japan and the USA. Outside government, Sir Derek was Director of Business & Strategic Partnerships at Cardiff University, responsible for securing long-term collaborations with the private sector. He was made Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in 2009 and subsequently Knight Commander (KCB) in 2014, for services to economic and social conditions. Sir Derek is also the Director responsible for employee engagement. 5959 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Corporate governance Chairman’s Governance overview “The Board is focused on delivering” Phil Smith Chairman Dear Shareholders, I am pleased to introduce IQE’s Governance Report on behalf of the Board. The Board is collectively responsible for IQE’s long-term success and hence committed to conducting business responsibly, maintaining high standards of corporate governance, and to aspiring to the highest levels of quality in everything it does. I’m confident the Board’s continued focus on these areas will support IQE’s performance and its position in the market, and will enable it to grow and embrace its opportunities as they arise. The Board is committed to driving IQE’s long-term objectives and to overseeing IQE’s operations to ensure competent and prudent management. The approach to governance is set by the Board, charging the Executive Leadership Team with the responsibility to ensure that the approach is effectively implemented across IQE’s global business. It has been my privilege to continue to lead the Board through 2022 as IQE launched its five-year plan at a very successful Capital Markets Day on 9 November 2022. The Board and the Executive are focused on delivering for all of IQE’s stakeholders. 6060 Board changes in 2022 The Board went through a number of changes in 2020 and 2021 and consequently was stable throughout 2022 with no changes to the Board or any of the Committees, other than the appointment of Americo Lemos as Chief Executive Officer which was reported in last year’s Annual Report. Board evaluation The Board has a well-established process for undertaking an annual review of the performance of the Board, its Committees and the Chair. This year, the Board selected BoardClic to complete an external evaluation. There is no connection between BoardClic and any of the Directors. The Board has followed the steps set out in the graphic below. Board evaluation More details on the findings from the evaluation are outlined on page 63. I encourage all of our shareholders to engage with us ahead of the AGM which will be held on Wednesday 28 June 2023. Notice of, and details of the arrangements for, the AGM will be provided to shareholders at the usual time. I am confident that the steps we have taken through 2022 will make a strong positive contribution to IQE as we drive to achieve the vision and goals we have set. “The Board is committed to driving IQE’s long-term objectives and to overseeing IQE’s operations to ensure competent and prudent management.” Phil Smith Chairman 23 May 2023 Stage 1 Planning Chair and Company Secretary agree process and selection of preferred external evaluator. Stage 2 Briefing by external evaluator Evaluator discusses evaluation process with Chair and Company Secretary. Stage 3 Evaluation Stage 4 Reporting Stage 5 Review Stage 6 Actions agreed Stage 7 Implementation Evaluator sets scope of review, reviews prior evaluation results, holds meetings with individual Executive and Non- Executive directors and benchmarks against other boards. Draft report discussed with Chair and Company Secretary. Finalised report shared with the Board and discussed at Board meeting. Board agrees actions to take forward. Actions implemented and monitored as part of three-year evaluation cycle. 6161 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Corporate governance continued Governance structure Shareholders IQE Board Audit & Risk Committee Nominations Committee Remuneration Committee ESG Committee Responsibilities: • Reviewing financial reporting and disclosures • Reviewing audit effectiveness • Assessing internal controls and risk management • Advising on external auditor Responsibilities: • Review composition of the Board • Succession planning for the Board and senior management • Review developments in corporate governance l D e e g a t i o n Responsibilities: • Evaluate performance and effectiveness of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer • Review and approve principles of IQE’s LTIP • Maintaining dialogue with IQE’s shareholders on remuneration policy Responsibilities: • Develop and monitor the execution of IQE’s ESG strategy • Oversee the communication of the Company’s ESG activities with all stakeholders A c c o u n t a b i l i t y + See page 65 + See page 70 + See page 71 + See page 85 Chief Executive Officer Executive Leadership Team Operating Sites Business Units Functions Research & Development Role of the Board The Board is responsible for the overall conduct of IQE’s business and the Directors have responsibilities under both the Company’s Articles of Association and UK company law. The Board delegates day-to-day management of IQE to the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Leadership Team. The primary tasks of the Board in 2022 included: Strategy • Reviewed, challenged and approved the Group’s strategy for the five-year period 2023 to 2027 • Regular reviews of key business decisions and their impact on the Group’s strategy Operations • Regularly received operational, including health, safety and environment, updates at scheduled meetings • Monitored performance and provided challenge in key areas of operations Leadership and people • Worked with the Chief Executive Officer to review IQE’s leadership team • Supported the Group’s leadership conference 6262 Board and Committee attendance Number of meetings in 2022 Attendance Executive Mr Americo Lemos Mr Tim Pullen Non-Executive Mr Phil Smith Mrs Carol Chesney Sir Derek Jones Ms Victoria Hull Dr Andrew Nelson Board Audit & Risk Committee Remuneration Committee Nominations Committee 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 * 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 * The Nominations Committee met on an informal basis throughout the year, often following the conclusion of Board meetings. Not a member of the Committee or not required to attend meetings. Finance • Reviewed, approved and monitored progress against the financial plan for the 2022 financial year • Monitored, challenged and approved capex and other significant capital expenditure (‘capex’) • Approved the Annual Report, half-year results and interim trading updates • Considered and approved IQE’s going concern and viability statements Governance and ethics • Carried out an external Board evaluation, discussed the output with the Board and agreed areas for improvement • Received and reviewed feedback from institutional investors • Reviewed the requirements of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and areas of non-conformity • Regular meetings between the Non-Executive Directors only The Non-Executive Directors are expected to allocate appropriate time to IQE to perform their duties and to make themselves available for all regular and ad hoc meetings. The Board believes each of the Non-Executive Directors has sufficient time to perform their duties. Board evaluation The Chair and Company Secretary facilitated an external review of the Board during 2022, using BoardClic as the external provider. The process used in the process is explained in the graphic on page 61. The process identified the following key areas for action and attention: • Review of the Board’s composition to assess the right skills and experience required to support the five-year plan • Improve Board dynamics through improved information flow and in-person meetings • Improve engagement with staff and the Board’s understanding of organisational health • Refine Board KPIs to improve the Board’s monitoring of business performance Independence The Board considers that, with the exception of Andrew Nelson, all of the Non-Executive Directors are independent in character and judgement and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with exercising that judgement. Andrew Nelson was appointed as President and Non-Executive Director in 2021 following his transition from Chief Executive Officer. The Board is also satisfied that there is no compromise to the independence of, and nothing which would give rise to conflicts of interest for, those Directors who serve as Directors on other company boards or who hold other external appointments. The Board considers potential for conflicts of interest at every Board meeting and ensures that Directors present sufficient information for those to be reviewed. Appointment and time commitment The Chairman and each of the other Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. The Chairman’s letter of appointment sets out the time commitment expected of him. The other Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment set out a minimum expected time commitment but do not set out a fixed time commitment. 6363 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Corporate governance continued UK Corporate Governance Code compliance IQE complied throughout 2022 with the principles and provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 except in the following areas: Provision 17 IQE does not currently maintain a succession plan for the Company Secretary or all senior management immediately below Board level. IQE will work to develop such plans based on merit and objective criteria. As part of its consideration of developed succession plans, the Nominations Committee will consider the linkage of its diversity objectives with Company strategy and the gender balance of those in senior management and their direct reports. Provision 33 The Remuneration Committee has responsibility for determining the policy and setting remuneration for the Executive Directors and the Chairman. It also has responsibility to recommend and monitor the policy, level and structure of remuneration for senior management. However actual remuneration for senior management and the Company Secretary (noting that the Company Secretary is part of the Executive Leadership Team and senior management) is set and determined by the CEO in consultation with the Group’s Chief People Officer and appropriate external advice and benchmarking. Provision 36 Share options granted to the Executive Directors under IQE’s LTIP are subject to total vesting and holding periods of three years. In addition, Executive Directors are subject to a minimum holding requirement equal to 200% of their base salary and will have a post-employment shareholding requirement for two years. The minimum holding will be equal to 200% of base salary in the first year post-employment, reducing to 100% of base salary in the second year. IQE’s approach aligns with market practice across IQE’s peer group on AIM and the Remuneration Committee considers the current holding periods to be the right balance between incentivising Executive Directors and aligning with the interests of the Group’s stakeholders A copy of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code is available at frc.org.uk. 6464 Audit & Risk Committee Report Audit & Risk Committee Chair’s introduction The Board considers the maintenance of high standards in its governance and management of the affairs of IQE as fundamental to the discharging of its stewardship responsibilities. Accordingly, both the Board and the Audit & Risk Committee continue to keep under review IQE’s whole system of internal control, which comprises not only financial controls, but also business & operational controls, compliance and risk management. The Committee works with IQE’s internal finance function and external auditors discussing, assessing and challenging financial reporting and going concern assessments. The Committee also continues to assess IQE’s internal controls and monitors the need for the establishment of an internal audit function. The Committee used its structured meeting schedule to ensure that it provides robust challenge in the areas relating to financial reporting, internal controls and risk management, the external auditors and other issues pertinent to IQE. Carol Chesney Chair 23 May 2023 6565 “I am pleased to present the Report of the Audit Committee, which provides a summary of the Committee’s role and activities during the 2022 financial year. The Audit Committee continues to play a vital role in ensuring the integrity of our financial statements, the effectiveness of our risk management processes and internal controls, and in evaluating the performance of the external audit process.” Carol Chesney Chair IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Meetings and attendance The Audit & Risk Committee meets at least quarterly, with additional meetings as required. There were four meetings in 2022 and all of the Committee members attended each meeting. The meetings are also regularly attended by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior members of the finance team. IQE’s external auditors attend every quarterly meeting and time is allowed at the end of each meeting for the Audit & Risk Committee to discuss issues with the external auditors without management being present. The Chair also holds at least one separate meeting with the audit partner ahead of each Committee meeting. Audit & Risk Committee Report continued • reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence and objectivity • reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit process, taking into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements • developing and implementing policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, ensuring there is prior approval of non-audit services, considering the impact this may have on independence, considering the relevant regulations and ethical guidance in this regard, and reporting to the Board on any improvement or action required • reporting to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities Membership • Carol Chesney – Chair • Derek Jones • Victoria Hull Carol Chesney is Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee. Carol is a Chartered Accountant and has also held a number of senior finance roles. The Board is satisfied that Carol is the Committee member with recent and relevant financial experience as required by the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018. The Board is also satisfied that the Committee as a whole, including invited attendees as necessary, has a mix of experience and competencies to assess the issues facing the Group within the semiconductor industry. Role of the Committee The Audit & Risk Committee is responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of IQE’s financial reporting, internal controls and risk management systems and processes and the effectiveness and independence of IQE’s external auditors. Key responsibilities • reviewing the effectiveness of IQE’s financial reporting, internal control policies and procedures for the identification, assessment and reporting of risk • reviewing significant financial reporting issues and judgements including the potential for asset impairment and assessment of viability and going concern • monitoring the integrity of IQE’s financial statements and any formal announcements relating to IQE’s financial performance • keeping the relationship with the external auditors under review, including their terms of engagement, fees and independence • reviewing and monitoring the need to establish a dedicated internal audit function • advising the Board on whether the Committee believes the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess IQE’s performance, business model and strategy • conducting the tender process and making recommendations to the Board, about the appointment, reappointment and removal of the external auditor, and approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of t he external auditor 6666 Activities during 2022 The Committee continues to oversee a range of risk areas that are key to IQE’s long-term success and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The majority of the Committee’s work derives from a structured programme that is designed to fulfil its responsibilities as set out in its terms of reference. The table below summarises the key activities at each meeting during 2022: Agenda item March May September December Review financial performance with focus on liquidity and covenant strength Review of financial statements, going concern assumption and compliance with accounting standards Review and recommend for approval year-end and half-year announcements Review of significant reporting issues and material judgements Review of key business risks Consider requirements for internal audit function Consider any material breach of law Review Whistleblowing policy and procedures for preventing fraud, bribery and corruption Review of insurance programme, policies and material judgements Review representation letter for full-year and half-year Review effectiveness of Audit & Risk Committee Review of auditor quality and independence Consider audit effectiveness Review accounting and corporate governance developments Committee-only meeting with external auditor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 requires the Directors to prepare the Annual Report and Accounts and to state that they consider them, taken as a whole, to be fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess IQE’s position and performance, business model and strategy. The Board requested that the Audit & Risk Committee advise it as to whether the Annual Report and Accounts meet those requirements. This work formed part of the review of the draft financial statements that was undertaken by the Committee in September 2022 and April 2023. Through consideration of reports from, and meetings with, management and the external auditors, the Committee has reviewed and determined the following: • judgemental areas and whether revenue recognition and the provisioning policies have been applied consistently and the level of provisions remains appropriate • whether the expected future cash flows of IQE support the carrying value of goodwill, and whether there are any triggering events which suggest any potential impairment of other intangible assets including the valuation of development intangibles and the capitalisation of development costs • whether the presentation of the financial statements, including the presentation of adjusted performance measures, is appropriate and balanced Through consideration of reports by independent tax specialists assessing IQE’s tax affairs in the UK, the US, Taiwan and Singapore as appropriate, and consideration of reports by and meetings with management assessing current and deferred tax accounting, the Committee has reviewed and determined whether the provision for tax liabilities, and the current and deferred tax accounting is appropriate. The Committee has reviewed the resources available to IQE, taking account of IQE’s trading and cash flow forecast together with available funding headroom to assess the appropriateness of the going concern assumption. Significant matters relating to the financial statements The Committee performs a review of significant matters that relate to the financial statements. The matters that the Committee considers are significant are set out below: • Going concern and the appropriateness of the disclosure contained within the significant accounting polices note relating to the application of the going concern basis of accounting in the financial statements; 6767 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Audit & Risk Committee Report continued • Compliance with financial covenants contained within the Group’s committed bank facilities and the associated availability of the Group’s bank facilities; • Goodwill impairment and the revenue growth rates and discount factor applied in the Wireless and Photonics value in use calculations that support the carrying value of goodwill; • Intangible development cost carrying values and associated markets, end use applications and customer demand for the technologies which support asset carrying values; • Revenue recognition and any judgements associated with the satisfaction of performance obligations for significant transactions; and • Presentation and disclosure of adjusted performance measures including appropriate clarity of reconciliation between each GAAP and non GAAP measure External Auditors The Audit & Risk Committee has developed an auditor independence policy. In accordance with this policy, the Committee oversees the relationship with the external auditors and monitors all services provided by them and all fees payable to them. This is to ensure that potential conflicts of interest are considered and that an independent, objective and professional relationship is maintained. The Committee has a policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor in line with the Financial Reporting Council’s Revised Ethical Standard 2019. The Group has a policy prohibiting the use of the Group’s auditors for the provision of non-audit services other than an interim half year review. The Audit & Risk Committee also monitors the effectiveness of the external audit. Before the end of the financial year, the Committee receives a detailed audit plan from the auditors that identifies the auditors’ assessment of the key risks and their intended areas of focus. This is agreed with the Committee to ensure that the scope and coverage of audit work is appropriate. IQE’s management also provide the Committee with feedback on the effectiveness of the audit and the quality of the audit firm and lead audit partner. In addition, the Group’s auditors are required to make a formal report to the Audit & Risk Committee annually on the safeguards that are in place to maintain their independence and the internal safeguards in place to ensure their objectivity. A resolution to reappoint KPMG will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. KPMG LLP Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of parent company and consolidated financial statements Fees payable to Company’s auditor and its associates for other services: • The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries • Audit related assurance services • Tax and other advisory services Total KPMG LLP (Group auditors) Ernst and Young (auditors of MBE Technology Pte & CSDC) • Subsidiary company’s audit • Tax services Total Ernst and Young (auditors of MBE Technology Pte & CSDC) Total 2022 £’000 547 20 - - 567 2022 £’000 39 12 51 618 2021 £’000 335 27 20 - 382 2021 £’000 34 9 43 425 6868 Internal audit and controls The Audit & Risk Committee reviewed the effectiveness of IQE’s system of internal controls and risk management activities bi-annually as part of the half-year and full-year public reporting. The system of internal control comprises those controls established in order to provide assurance that IQE’s assets are safeguarded against unauthorised use or disposal, and to ensure the maintenance of proper accounting records and the reliability of financial information used within the business or for publication. The key procedures that IQE has established with a view to providing effective internal control include the following: • a clearly defined organisational structure and limits of authority • corporate policies and procedures for financial reporting and control, project appraisal, human resources, quality control, health and safety, information security and corporate governance • the preparation of annual budgets and regular forecasts which require approval from the Board • the monitoring of performance against budget and forecasts and the reporting of any variances in a timely manner to the Board • regular review and self- assessment of IQE’s risks, taking steps to monitor and mitigate these wherever possible • where appropriate, taking out insurance cover • approval by the Audit & Risk Committee of audit plans and, on behalf of the Board, receipt of reports on IQE’s accounting and financial reporting practices and its internal controls together with reports from the external auditors as part of their normal audit work This process remained in operation for the year under review and as part of that process, management report any material exceptions to the Audit & Risk Committee. IQE does not have an independent internal audit function, however it does operate internal audit on an ad hoc peer review basis, with a scope of evaluating and testing IQE’s financial control procedures. The Committee considers that this remains appropriate for IQE’s size and geographical spread, but the Committee keeps this under constant review. In completing its review of the effectiveness of IQE’s system of internal controls the Audit & Risk Committee has taken account of any material developments up to the date of the signing of the most recent financial statements. In addition, recognition is given to the external audit findings, which help to inform the Audit & Risk Committee’s views of areas of increased risk. Risk Management The Group Risk Committee identifies, reviews, assesses and tracks IQE’s key risks and mitigating actions. The Group Risk Committee documents its approach through a risk register which is shared and discussed with the Audit & Risk Committee. Key risk management activities performed by IQE are summarised on page 50. The Committee takes an active role in the risk management process that includes a regular review of IQE’s risk register and ‘deep dives’ into specific areas of risk. IQE’s principal risks and uncertainties are set out on pages 51 to 55. While many of the key risks identified recur from year to year, the relative importance evolves over time and may require IQE to refocus its assurance activities. In the year ahead, the Committee will continue to work with the Board, Executive Leadership Team and other senior management to ensure that there is appropriate focus on the most significant risk areas together with the associated plans for mitigating their impact. The Audit & Risk Committee will also be working closely with IQE’s ESG Committee and IQE staff to understand, assess and mitigate climate-related risks. Anti-bribery and corruption IQE maintains a zero-tolerance approach to corruption. It has an established Anti-bribery and Corruption policy, which includes guidance on the giving and receiving of gifts and hospitality. This policy applies throughout IQE’s business. A Gifts and Hospitality Register is maintained to ensure transparency. Whistleblowing IQE operates a confidential reporting mechanism, overseen by IQE’s General Counsel and Company Secretary, which enables employees to raise concerns of malpractice, non-compliance or unethical conduct. The options for raising concerns are widely communicated to employees. These channels are clearly set out in IQE’s Whistleblowing Policy. IQE’s reporting policy and procedures provide a framework for protected disclosure. 6969 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Nominations Committee Report Nominations Committee Chair’s introduction The Committee has engaged Lygon Group to assist with the search for any additional Non- Executive Directors. Phil Smith Committee Chair 23 May 2023 Role of the Committee The Nominations Committee is responsible for leading the process for the selection and appointment of Directors and for ensuring plans are in place for an orderly succession of Board and senior management positions. Key responsibilities • review the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) of the Board and make recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes • identify, evaluate and recommend candidates for appointment as Directors • succession planning for Directors and other senior management • review developments in law, regulation and best practice relating to corporate governance and make recommendations to the Board on appropriate action Membership • Phil Smith – Chair • Carol Chesney • Derek Jones • Victoria Hull Meetings and attendance The Committee meets regularly on an ad hoc basis, often following the conclusion of scheduled Board meetings. All members attended each meeting. Activities during 2022 The Committee continues to review the skills, experience and diversity on the Board and is in the process of considering further appointments to the Board. The Committee has also worked closely with the Chief Executive on developments with the Executive Leadership Team. “The leadership talent we have at IQE will be vital to the Company’s long-term success. For that reason, the Nominations Committee is critically important. We need to ensure we are consistently hiring and retaining the best talent for the future. The battle for talent will be one of the key challenges for companies over the next decade and beyond, and we are committed to providing IQE with the best talent we can.” Phil Smith Chair Phil Smith became Chair of the Nominations Committee in January 2021 and has overseen a number of changes to IQE’s Board since his appointment. As reported in last year’s Annual Report, Americo Lemos joined IQE on 10 January 2022 as Chief Executive Officer. There have been no other changes to the Board in 2022. In 2022 the Committee has worked with the Chief Executive in the evaluation and succession planning of the Executive Leadership Team. The Board is also in the process of reviewing the mixture of skills, experience and diversity on the Board with a view to ensuring that the Board is able to provide the appropriate strategic and governance support for the Executive. 7070 Directors’ Remuneration Report Remuneration Committee Chair’s introduction On behalf of the Board I present the Remuneration Report for the Company. Over the last 12 months the Company, under Americo’s leadership, has made significant strategic progress in terms of customer relationships, new strategic partnerships and a focus on diversification into new markets with ambitious longer-term financial goals. This said, our financial year end was adversely impacted by (largely) macro environmental factors which also lead to reduced H1 guidance for 2023 revenues. “Over the last 12 months the Company, under Americo’s leadership, has made significant strategic progress in terms of customer relationships, new strategic partnerships and a focus on diversification into new markets with ambitious longer-term financial goals. ” Victoria Hull Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee The annual bonus for 2022 was determined by a combination of cash, revenue and non-financial strategic and personal performance targets. The 2022 financial performance was below threshold and therefore no payment accrued in this regard. While a number of the non- financial goals were met, the Committee determined it was not appropriate to pay any bonus and therefore exercised discretion to reduce the pay out to zero. Similarly, in these circumstances, the Committee determined there would be no salary increase for the CFO and CEO. The LTIPs awarded to the previous CEO and the CFO in 2020 lapsed as the applicable performance conditions were not met. Victoria Hull Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee 23 May 2023 7171 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Remuneration at a glance Purpose and link to strategy Key features Planned for 2023 Reviewed annually Effective 1 April 2023: Salary Allowance and benefits Annual incentive Long-term incentives Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with capability to deliver IQE’s strategy Provision of market- competitive and cost-effective benefits to support attraction and retention of talent Incentivises delivery of IQE’s financial and strategic targets. Provides focus on key financial metrics and the individual’s contribution to IQE’s performance Provides alignment with shareholders by ensuring a significant percentage of remuneration is delivered in shares and rewards long-term performance in line with IQE’s strategy Shareholding requirement Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders 7272 Salaries take account of external market and internal employee context Provision of competitive benefits linked to local market practice Maximum Company pension contribution is 10% of salary Target opportunity is 50% of salary and maximum is 120% of salary Performance measures, weightings and stretching targets set annually Paid out in cash after end of the financial year, save that any payout above 100% of salary will be made in the form of share grant Subject to malus and clawback provisions Annual awards under IQE’s LTIP: • CEO 150% of salary • CFO 150% of salary Maximum annual awards of up to 200% of salary in exceptional circumstances, such as recruitment 3-year performance period Performance measures, weightings and stretching targets reviewed annually Subject to malus and clawback provisions Minimum shareholding requirements: • CEO 200% of salary • CFO 200% of salary New joiners given time to reach threshold and not expected to self-fund Implementation in 2022 No increase for CFO. CEO joined at the start of 2022 In line with approach for wider workforce Allowances and benefits unchanged from prior year. CEO and CFO pension contributions 10% of salary The 2022 annual bonus payout for the CEO and CFO was nil • CEO £575,000 (no increase) • CFO £369,706 (no increase) Salaries for the wider workforce have been frozen for 2023, however, the Company may review employee salaries later in the year, taking account of business performance and wider market conditions Company pension contribution: • CEO 10% of salary • CFO 10% of salary The 10% pension contribution is consistent with that available to the wider workforce For the year ending 31 December 2023, the maximum opportunity remains 120% of salary for both the CEO and the CFO. The performance measures will be set across financial (70%) and personal and strategic measures (30%) The performance measures for the 3-year performance period ending 31 December 2024 will be absolute TSR (35%), revenue (40%) and adjusted EBITDA margin (25%) 25% of the award will vest at threshold, increasing on a straight-line basis to 100% for stretch. There is nil vesting below the threshold level The LTIP awards granted to the previous CEO and the CFO in 2020 lapsed as the applicable performance conditions were not met CEO shareholding as at 31 December 2022 equal to approximately 84% of salary CFO shareholding as at 31 December 2022 equal to 0% of salary. Tim Pullen joined IQE at the start of 2019 Directors’ remuneration policy IQE aims to attract, retain and motivate high calibre executives in a highly competitive global industry, whilst recognising the need to be cost effective, and to incentivise significant industry out-performance. The Remuneration Committee established the current remuneration policy with the aim of balancing these factors, taking account of investor feedback and prevailing best practice. This Policy section of the Directors’ Remuneration Report sets out the Policy for Executive Director remuneration which was adopted by the Company in 2020, and approved by shareholders at the AGM in June 2021 for the period up to 31 December 2022. The Remuneration Committee has been reviewing the remuneration arrangements of the Executive Directors and members of the ELT, with a view to ensuring that the arrangements are competitive in the relevant marketplace for each senior role and incentivise and reward exceptional performance against IQE’s strategy over the longer-term. In particular, this has focussed on changes to the long-term incentives for senior executives, which are key to IQE’s ability to attract senior talent, for whom many of our principal competition is headquartered in the US. The Committee intends to discuss the conclusions of this review with the Company’s major investors during 2023 to understand their views on potential changes to the arrangements for Executive Directors. Provided that shareholders are supportive of changes to the long-term incentives, they will be asked to approve a new Policy at a future general meeting, and no later than the 2024 AGM. However, in the event that the Committee decides not to make any changes to the remuneration of Executive Directors it is intended that the current Policy will continue to be operated until at least 31 December 2023 with changes to its implementation, principally aimed at simplifying the performance measures used. In particular, the Committee intends to reduce the number of metrics used in the 2023 LTIP grants from five in 2022 (EPS, Relative TSR, Absolute TSR, Revenue Growth and Strategic) to three in 2023 (Absolute TSR, Revenue and adjusted EBITDA margin). These measures have been selected as they provide a clear link to our plans for growth and a recovery in the share price Function Operation Opportunity Performance metrics Base salary To recognise the individual’s skills and experience and to provide a competitive total package Base salaries are normally reviewed annually, with reference to market levels, individual contribution, the experience of each Executive and increases across the Group. Any adjustments normally become effective on 1 April. Pension To provide an opportunity for Executives to build up income on retirement All Executives are members of the Group pension scheme and/or receive a cash pension allowance. Salary is the only element of remuneration that is pensionable. n/a n/a In respect of existing Executive Directors, it is anticipated that salary increases will normally be no higher than those of salaried employees as a whole. In exceptional circumstances (including, but not limited to, a material increase in job size or complexity, material market misalignment) the Remuneration Committee has discretion to make appropriate adjustments to salary levels to ensure they remain appropriate. Executive Directors receive a pension contribution of 10% of salary or an equivalent cash allowance. This aligns with the pension arrangements for IQE’s employees who can receive matching contributions from IQE of up to 10% of salary. 7373 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Function Operation Opportunity Performance metrics Benefits To provide non-cash benefits which are competitive in the market in which the Executive is employed Annual Bonus To incentivise and reward strong performance against financial and personal annual targets, thus delivering value to shareholders and being consistent with the delivery of the strategic plan Executives receive benefits which consist primarily of health cover, life assurance, long-term disability insurance and reimbursement for fuel, although may include other benefits that the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate in the circumstances. Relocation and expatriation related benefits may also be provided where appropriate. Performance measures, targets and weightings are set at the start of the year. The scheme is based on a combination of financial performance and personal objectives. At the end of the year, the Remuneration Committee determines the extent to which the financial performance targets and personal objectives have been achieved. Bonus payments are delivered in cash. Clawback (of any bonus paid) may be applied during employment or for two years post- termination in the event of gross misconduct, material financial misstatement, error in calculation of outcomes or in any other circumstance that the Remuneration Committee considers appropriate n/a Benefits may vary according to role and individual circumstances. Eligibility to benefits and the cost of benefits are reviewed periodically. The cost of benefits is dependent on market rates and is not capped. For Executive Directors, the maximum annual bonus opportunity will be 120% of base salary. Performance is assessed on an annual basis against financial and personal/ strategic objectives set at the start of each year. The bonus pays 0% at Threshold, 50% at Target and 100% at stretch, with straight-line vesting between these levels. Financial measures will be weighted appropriately each year according to business priorities, and will represent no less than 70% of the annual plan. Personal/strategic objectives will have a weighting of no more than 30% of the maximum opportunity and will be set annually to capture expected individual contributions to IQE’s strategic plan. The payout for the personal element will be reduced by 50% in the event the thresholds for two out of the three relevant financial measures are not met. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust formulaic bonus outcomes to ensure fairness for shareholders and participants, to ensure pay aligns with underlying Company performance, and to avoid unintended outcomes. These adjustments can be either upwards (within plan limits) or downwards (including down to zero). The Remuneration Committee may consider measures outside of the bonus framework to ensure there is no reward for failure. Any adjustment would be carefully considered and fully explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration. Further details of the measures, weightings and targets applicable are provided on page 78 in the Annual Report on Remuneration. 7474 Function Operation Opportunity Performance metrics The LTIP provides for normal awards of up to 150% of salary. In exceptional circumstances, including but not limited to recruitment, normal awards may be made up to 200% of salary to secure the right individual. Vesting of LTIP awards is subject to achieving performance conditions and continued employment. LTIP awards to Executive Directors have the same vesting period as those issued to IQE’s other employees, normally being measured over three consecutive financial years. Up to 25% of the LTIP will be paid for achieving Threshold performance, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting for achieving Stretch performance. The Remuneration Committee has limited discretion to amend the performance conditions provided that the amended performance condition is not materially easier to satisfy than the original condition. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust outcomes to ensure they fairly reflect underlying performance. The Remuneration Committee also considers environmental, social, governance and health and safety criteria, to ensure there is no reward for failure. LTIP To provide alignment with shareholders and competitive rewards by delivering a significant proportion of remuneration in company shares and incentivise sustained long-term performance that supports the creation of shareholder value. Under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) annual awards of shares or nominal-cost options may be made to participants. Award levels and performance conditions are reviewed before each award cycle to ensure they remain appropriate. The Committee has the discretion to authorise a payment, in shares, equal to the value of dividends which would have accrued on vested shares during the vesting period. Malus (of any unvested LTIP) and clawback (of any vested LTIP) may be applied during employment or for two years post-termination in the event of gross misconduct, material financial misstatement, error in calculation of outcomes or in any other circumstance that the Remuneration Committee considers appropriate. Notes to the policy table Performance measure selection and approach to target setting: The measures used under the annual bonus plan are selected annually to reflect IQE’s main objectives for the year and reflect both financial performance and personal contributions to delivering the strategic plan. The performance conditions for new LTIP awards are selected to reflect IQE’s long-term objectives which support the creation of shareholder value. In terms of the performance conditions for the 2023 LTIP awards, the Remuneration Committee considers Revenue and adjusted EBITDA margin to be key measures of IQE’s sustainable growth which are aligned with our longer-term strategy, while Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) is a measure which strongly aligns management and shareholder interests. Targets applying to the bonus and LTIP awards are reviewed annually, based on a number of internal and external reference points. Performance targets are intended to be stretching and achievable, and reflect IQE’s strategic priorities and its market opportunities. Remuneration policy for other employees IQE provides all employees with a consistent package of benefits that includes private medical insurance, life assurance, long-term disability insurance and reimbursement for fuel. All employees are eligible to participate in a discretionary annual bonus and receive awards under the LTIP. The same principles apply to the assessment of performance for determining the individual component of bonuses for all employees. For other employees, grants under the LTIP are subject to a pre-grant minimum personal performance condition and vest in annual tranches over three years subject to the employee remaining employed by the Group. 7575 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Shareholding guidelines The Remuneration Committee wishes to encourage Executive Directors to build up a significant shareholding in the Company. Shareholding guidelines are therefore in place to require Executive Directors to acquire a shareholding (excluding shares held conditionally pursuant to LTIP performance) equivalent to 200% of base salary. 50% of any shares vesting (post-tax) under the new LTIP are required to be held until the relevant shareholding level is achieved. Executive Directors are expected to build up the required shareholding within five years of appointment to the Board, although the Remuneration Committee will exercise appropriate discretion where Executive Directors have been impeded from building up the requisite shareholding due to business performance. Details of the Executive Directors’ current shareholdings are provided in the Annual Report on Remuneration at page 84. Non-Executive Director remuneration Non-Executive Director Date of appointment letter Remuneration per annum Phil Smith* Sir Derek Jones Carol Chesney Victoria Hull Andrew Nelson 19 December 2016 29 November 2017 13 May 2019 1 August 2021 30 October 2021 £125,000 £50,000 £50,000 £50,000 £75,000 *Other fees received by Phil Smith in the year relating to an executive role are disclosed on page 80. Subject to re-election by shareholders, Non-Executive Directors are appointed by the full Board and retire annually in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is a matter reserved for the full Board, subject to an individual limit of £150,000 per annum or such other figure as shareholders may approve plus reasonable expenses in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. The Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in IQE’s performance related bonus plan, long-term incentive plans or pension arrangements. Copies of the Non-Executive Directors’ appointment letters are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal business hours. 2023 Executive Director remuneration Americo Lemos Tim Pullen k 3 4 6 2 £ , k 1 1 2 2 £ , k 6 6 8 , 1 £ k 1 2 5 , 1 £ £3m £2.5m £2m £1.5m £1m £0.5m ) k £ ( k 1 5 7 , 1 £ k 3 7 4 , 1 £ k 3 2 2 , 1 £ k 2 7 9 £ Minimum On target Stretch Stretch 50% Minimum On target Stretch Stretch 50% Fixed pay Annual bonus LTIP * LTIP value calculated based on market value of the options at the date of grant less the nominal grant price. The ‘Minimum’ scenario comprises fixed remuneration, i.e. base salary, pension, and benefits, which are the elements of the remuneration package not linked to performance. The figures for base salary and pension (10% of salary) are as of 1 January 2023, while those for taxable benefits are based on the latest single figure table for 2022. The ‘On-Target’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration as above, plus a target bonus payout of 50% of maximum and threshold vesting for the LTIP of 25% of maximum. The ‘Stretch’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full payout of the annual bonus (120% of salary) plus full vesting of the normal LTIP of 150% of salary. The ‘Stretch + 50%’ reflects the ‘Stretch’ scenario plus an assumed 50% share price appreciation over the LTIP performance period. 7676 Approach to recruitment remuneration External appointments When hiring or appointing a new Executive Director from outside the Company, the Remuneration Committee may make use of all the existing components of remuneration, as follows: Component Approach Base salary Pension Benefits The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to relevant market data, experience and skills of the individual, internal relativities and current basic salary. Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set below market, any shortfall may be managed with phased increases over multiple years subject to the individual’s development in the role. New appointees will receive pension contributions or an equivalent cash supplement in line with existing policy. New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits which may include those outlined in the policy table but may also include additional benefits consistent with market practice in their home location (if based outside of the UK). Annual Bonus The structure described in the policy table will apply to new appointees with the relevant maximum being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of employment over the year. Targets for the personal element will be tailored to each executive. LTIP New appointees will be granted awards under the LTIP on the same terms as other executives, as described in the policy table. In determining the appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director appointee, the Remuneration Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including nature and quantum of each component of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that arrangements are in the best interests of IQE and its shareholders. The Remuneration Committee may make an award in respect of a new appointment to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. This may be granted in addition to the ongoing remuneration elements outlined in the table above. In doing so, the Remuneration Committee will consider relevant factors, including the value and form of the award, time to vesting, performance conditions attached to awards, and the likelihood of these conditions being met. Any ‘buy-out’ awards will typically be made under the existing annual bonus and LTIP schemes, although in exceptional circumstances the Remuneration Committee may make awards using a different structure. Any ‘buy – out’ awards would have a fair value no higher than the awards forfeited. The Remuneration Committee will take advice from independent remuneration consultants on the structure and award package for a new Executive Director. Internal appointments Internal promotions to the Board will be appointed on terms in line with the Policy. Any existing entitlement made prior to their appointment to the Board, which are not consistent with the Policy may be allowed to continue on their original terms. Non-Executive Directors In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Remuneration Committee will utilise the policy as set out on pages 73-78. Service contracts and treatment for leavers and change of control Executive Mr Americo Lemos Mr Tim Pullen Date of service contract 10 January 2022 4 February 2019 7777 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Executive Director service contracts, including arrangements for early termination, are carefully considered by the Remuneration Committee. Each of the Executive Directors has a rolling service contract requiring six months’ notice of termination on either side. Such contracts contain no specific provision for compensation for loss of office, other than an obligation to pay for any notice period waived by the Company, where pay refers to salary, benefits and pension only. Executive Directors’ service contracts are available to view at the Company’s registered office. When considering exit payments, the Remuneration Committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure they are fair to both shareholders and participants. The table below summarises how the awards under the annual bonus and LTIP are typically treated in different circumstances, with the final treatment remaining subject to the Remuneration Committee’s discretion: Reason for leaving Calculation of vesting/payment Annual bonus Resignation ‘Good leaver’1 Change of control No annual bonus payable. Cash bonuses will typically be paid to the extent that performance objectives have been met. Any resulting bonus will typically be pro-rated for time worked. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to vary this treatment in individual circumstances. Resignation Outstanding awards lapse LTIP ‘Good leaver’1 and change of control The Committee determines whether and to what extent outstanding awards vest based on the extent to which performance conditions have been achieved and the proportion of the vesting period worked. The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to vary this treatment in individual circumstances. The determination of vesting will be made as soon as reasonably practical following the end of the performance period or such earlier date as the Remuneration Committee may agree (within 12 months in the event of death). In the event of a change of control, awards may alternatively be exchanged for new equivalent awards in the acquirer where appropriate. 1. A ‘good leaver’ is a participant ceasing to be employed by the Group by reason of death, disability, ill health, retirement in agreement with the Company or any other reason that the Committee determines in its absolute discretion. External appointments With the approval of the Board in each case, and subject to the overriding requirements of the Group, Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any fees received. None of the Executive Directors received any remuneration from external directorships during the year. Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Company When making decisions on changes to Executive Director remuneration, the Remuneration Committee considers changes to pay and conditions across the Group. To this end, the Remuneration Committee receives a summary of the proposed level of average increase for employees prior to the annual salary review. For Executive Directors, the Remuneration Committee does not formally consult with employees on the executive remuneration policy and implementation. Consideration of shareholder views The Remuneration Committee maintains a regular dialogue with the Company’s major shareholders. Following the 2019 AGM, IQE management consulted with shareholders regarding the concerns raised regarding the adoption of the new all-employee LTIP plan. IQE has made the necessary changes to the administration of the LTIP to align leaver provisions for all employees to those set out for the Executive Directors. ‘Good Leavers’ will receive a pro-rated reduction to vesting based on performance and the portion of the vesting period expired up to the time of the termination of employment. The Committee maintains a view of the commitments to issue shares under the LTIP as a percentage of the issued share capital in any rolling 10-year period, acknowledging the Investment Association principles recommending a 10% limit and the report from the Institutional Shareholder Service in connection with the adoption of the LTIP in 2019. The LTIP currently allows for a maximum dilutive effect of 15%. The dilutive effect of commitments issued under the LTIP has declined year on year and current and anticipated levels of dilution over the next few years are expected to be below 10%. Nevertheless, as the Company grows, the Remuneration Committee wishes to maintain flexibility for dilution to exceed 10% subject to an overriding objective of achieving an average dilution of 10% or below over the long-term. 7878 Annual Report on Remuneration Role of the Committee The Remuneration Committee has responsibility for determining the policy for Executive Director remuneration and setting remuneration for the Company Chair and Executive Directors. Key responsibilities • recommending the remuneration policy for Executive Directors, whilst considering the remuneration for the Executive Leadership Team and remuneration policies for employees below the Board • approving the principles of IQE’s long-term incentives and the parameters, including performance conditions, for the annual awards under long-term incentives • maintaining appropriate dialogue with shareholders on remuneration matters • preparing the annual remuneration report to shareholders to show how the remuneration policy has been implemented. Membership • Victoria Hull – Chair • Derek Jones • Phil Smith • Carol Chesney Meetings and attendance The Remuneration Committee met twice in 2022. All members attended each meeting. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer attended meetings to present proposed performance ratings for the Executive Directors and Executive Management Board and remuneration policy’s principles for the workforce. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer did not attend those parts of the Committee meetings relating to the Committee’s decisions on their own performance and remuneration. Remuneration Committee role, membership and advice The primary role of the Remuneration Committee is to determine and agree with the Board fair and reasonable remuneration arrangements for the Chairman and Executive Directors. The main activities of the Remuneration Committee during the year were as follows: • evaluated the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; • determined annual bonuses payable to Executive Directors and the Executive Leadership Team in 2022; • determined basis of salary increases for IQE’s employees, including the Executive Directors and the Executive Leadership Team; • evaluated the proposed awards under the Company’s LTIP; • reviewed and approved performance conditions for LTIP awards; • reviewed and approved the Executive Directors’ salaries for 2023; • determined performance targets for the Executive Directors’ 2023 annual bonus and LTIP awards in line with IQE’s strategic plan; • evaluated revisions to IQE’s LTIP and cash bonus schemes for employees; • considered proposed workforce policies on performance rating and proposed policy for workforce pay increases; • drafted the Directors’ Remuneration Report; and • considered benchmarking and advice from independent remuneration consultants, Mercer. The Remuneration Committee’s Terms of Reference are set out on the Company’s website at www.iqep.com. During the year, the Remuneration Committee comprised all of the Non-Executive Directors. Mercer provides independent advice to the Remuneration Committee. Mercer is a signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK, operated by the Remuneration Consultants Group, and which requires all advice to be objective and independent (see www. remunerationconsultantsgroup.com for more information). 7979 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Fees of £65,126 inclusive of VAT were paid to Mercer in respect of services it provided to the Company in 2022. The Committee considers that Mercer is independent, does not have any connections with IQE that may impair their independence, and does not provide any services to the Group other than its advice on remuneration. Board changes Americo Lemos was appointed as CEO on 10 January 2022. His salary is £575,000, and he receives benefits and pension in line with the remuneration policy. In 2022 he was eligible for an annual bonus of up to 120% of salary, subject to the normal performance targets, and he received an exceptional award under the LTIP of 200% of salary in 2022, again subject to the normal performance targets. It is anticipated that from 2023, Americo’s LTIP award will be 150% of salary. As part of the terms of his recruitment, Americo Lemos was granted a buyout award in respect of remuneration foregone at his previous employer. This comprised £800,000 in cash payable over the first 12 months of his appointment and an award of 583,709 shares, worth £200,000 at the time of grant. The buyout award was not subject to any performance conditions, though malus and clawback provisions apply. Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited information) The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year ended 31 December 2022 and the prior year: Mr Americo Lemos Mr Tim Pullen Mr Phil Smith7 Dr Andrew Nelson8 Total Salary ¹ Benefits² Pension³ Buy out – cash4 Buy out – shares5 Total fixed Annual bonus Long term incentive6 Total variable 2022 £’000 564 27 56 400 200 1,247 – – – Total Executive Remuneration 1,247 Non-executive fees Total Director Remuneration - 1,247 2021 £’000 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2022 £’000 370 11 37 – – 2021 £’000 368 11 37 25 – 418 441 – – – 418 – 418 – – – 441 – 441 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 2022 £’000 6 – – – – 6 – – – 6 125 131 97 – – – – 97 – – – 97 125 222 – – – – – – – – – – 75 75 2021 £’000 450 7 50 – – 2022 £’000 939 37 90 400 200 2021 £’000 915 18 87 25 – 507 1,666 1,045 – – – – – – – – – 507 1,666 1,045 13 200 520 1,866 138 1,183 1. Americo Lemos’ annual salary is £575,000. The 2022 remuneration figure reflects his start date of 10 January 2022 2. Benefits consist of health cover, private medical insurance, life assurance, long term disability insurance, car allowance and travel allowance. 3. Executive Directors are entitled to participate in a defined contribution scheme, in relation to which the Company contributes 10% of salary or equivalent cash allowance. 4. Cash award of £800,000 agreed as part of Americo Lemos’ recruitment arrangements. £200,000 was paid on 28 February 2022 and £200,000 was paid on 31 July 2022. The final £400,000 was paid on 31 January 2023. The cash award is subject to 3 year clawback provisions. 5. Equity award of 583,709 shares with a fair value at grant of £200,000 as part of Americo Lemos’ recruitment arrangements. The shares were issued on 10 January 2022. The share award is subject to 3 year clawback provisions. 6. No long-term incentives vested. 7. Mr Phil Smith took on an executive role for the period 7 September 2021 to 9 January 2022 to support the CEO transition from Dr Andrew Nelson to Americo Lemos. Executive fees in the table above reflect the additional time commitment associated with the executive role performed by Phil Smith in the period 7 September to 9 January 2022. Non-executive fees in 2022 relate to Mr Phil Smith’s role as Non-Executive Chairman following the appointment of Mr Americo Lemos as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer on 10 January 2022. 8. Dr Andrew Nelson was entitled to payments in lieu of notice totalling £275,000 that were payable in six equal monthly instalments starting on 31 October 2021. Incentive outcomes for year ending 31 December 2022 Annual bonus The annual bonus for 2022 was determined by a combination of cash, revenue and profit targets and non- financial personal/strategic targets. The Committee set stretching performance targets for 2022 which were linked to the strategy and financial performance of the Group. Financial performance for 2022 was below threshold resulting in no payment in respect of the financial element for the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. Whilst a number of the non-financial goals had been met, the Committee felt that it would not be appropriate to pay bonuses to Executive Directors in the current circumstances and exercised its discretion to reduce the bonus payout to nil. The Committee is satisfied the policy has operated as intended and has concluded that there are no circumstances arising where it would need to exercise discretion to adjust any of the variable pay outcomes. 8080 Long-term incentive plan 1,097,247 LTIP options awarded to Tim Pullen in 2020 have not satisfied the applicable performance criteria and have lapsed. Percentage change in CEO remuneration The table below shows the percentage change in CEO remuneration from the prior year compared to the average percentage change in remuneration for other employees. The CEO’s annual remuneration includes base salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus. The percentage change in annual remuneration for other employees is calculated using the increase in the earnings of all employees who were employed in the UK throughout 2021 and 2022. The Committee considers the UK employee population to be the most appropriate comparison for CEO vs. other employee pay, as all Executive Directors are currently employed in the UK, our UK employee population includes employees at all levels of the organisation, and pay inflation in our other geographies is affected by different local market factors. Salary Benefits Annual bonus Total Americo Lemos All UK Employees 20221 £’000 564 79 0 643 2021 £’000 N/A N/A N/A Increase % Increase % N/A N/A N/A 5.7 -2.4 N/A 1. Americo Lemos was appointed as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer on 10 January 2022. Relative importance of spend on pay The graph below shows shareholder distributions (i.e. dividends and share buybacks), total employee pay expenditure and investment in capital expenditure, research & development and intangibles for the financial years ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022. Employee Remuneration Costs Distribution to shareholders n/a 44.5m 46.1m Investment in Capex R&D and intangibles £m 18.4m 17.9m 2021 2022 Review of past performance The following graph charts the Total Share Return (‘TSR’) of the Company and the FTSE AIM Index (of which IQE is a member) over the period from 1 January 2017 to 31 December 2022. The table below details the Chief Executive’s single figure remuneration over the same period. Historical TSR performance ) 0 0 1 o t d e s a b e r ( R S T 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 Jan-17 Jan-18 Jan-19 Jan-20 Jan-21 Jan-22 IQE AIM all share 8181 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Historical CEO remuneration CEO single figure of remuneration (£’000) STI award as a % of maximum opportunity LTI award as a % of maximum opportunity 2022 643 0% 0% 2021 507 0% 0% 2020 1,110 79% 0% 2019 599 0% 0% 2018 3,683 20% 62% Scheme interests awarded in 2022 (audited information) Executive Director Award type Date of award # shares awarded Face value End of performance period Americo Lemos Nil-cost option Tim Pullen Nil-cost option 25 February 2022 25 February 2022 3,065,591 1,119,344 1,478,306 539,776 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024 The face value of shares was based on the average share price over the three days prior to the date of grant of the award of 37.51p at 25 February 2022, less the 1p nominal value exercise price. Performance measure EPS (IQE plc’s fully diluted adjusted Earnings per Share achieved for the year ended 31 December 2024) Weighting (% of award) Threshold (25% vesting) Stretch (100% vesting) 40% 0.6 1 Relative TSR vs. FTSE All-Share Index 15% TSR equal to index Absolute TSR Revenue growth Strategic scorecard 15% 8% p.a. 10% 10% p.a. Targets are deemed commercially sensitive and will be disclosed at vesting – 20% TSR equal to index +30% over the period 16% p.a. 20% p.a. 40% of the award will vest on EPS performance, 15% on relative TSR performance vs. the FTSE All-Share Index, 15% on absolute TSR performance, 10% on revenue growth, and 20% on strategic objectives. The performance targets for the financial and TSR measures are set out below: Exit payments made in the year None. Payments to past Directors Payments made to past Directors totalled £48,125 (2021: £82,500) reflecting employee services received from Dr Howard Williams following his retirement from the Board in 2019. Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors (audited information) The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director for the year ended 31 December 2022 and the prior year: Phil Smith¹ Carol Chesney Sir Derek Jones Andrew Nelson² Victoria Hull³ Sir David Grant4 NED fees 2022 £’000 125 50 50 75 50 0 2021 £’000 125 50 50 13 50 50 Other 2022 £’000 6 0 0 0 0 0 2021 £’000 97 0 0 507 0 0 Total 2022 £’000 131 50 50 75 50 0 2021 £’000 222 50 50 520 50 50 1. Phil Smith took on an executive role for the period 7 September 2021 to 9 January 2022 to support the CEO transition from Dr Andrew Nelson to Americo Lemos. Other fees in the table above reflect the additional time commitment associated with the executive role performed by Phil Smith in the period 7 September to 9 January 2022. 2. Dr Andrew Nelson was appointed to the Board as an independent non-executive director on 31 October 2021 following the completion of his transition from Chief Executive Officer. The NED fees shown in the table above relate to his non-executive role from 1 November 2021 onwards and Other relates to his Chief Executive Officer remuneration in the period up to 31 October 2021. Dr Andrew Nelson has also provided the Group with consultancy services in the period 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022 and was paid an aggregate amount of £72,000. 3. Victoria Hull was appointed to the Board as an independent non-executive director on 1 August 2021. 4. Sir David Grant retired from the Board as an independent non-executive director on 18 September 2021 8282 Implementation of remuneration policy for 2023 Base salary The salaries of the Executive Directors, which have not been increased for 2023, are as follows: Executive Director Andrew Nelson Americo Lemos1 Tim Pullen Annual base salary at 1 January 2022 Annual base salary at 1 January 2023 Percentage increase N/A 575,000 369,706 N/A 575,000 369,706 N/A N/A Nil 1. Americo Lemos was appointed as the Group’s CEO on 10 January 2022. Pension Executive Directors are entitled to a pension contribution of 10% of salary or equivalent cash allowance. The typical employee pension contribution is up to 10% of salary. Annual bonus For 2023, the Executive Directors will have the opportunity to receive a cash bonus to be paid after the announcement of full year results for 2023, based on a mix of financial measures (70% weighting) for the 2023 financial year and agreed personal and strategic objectives (30% weighting): adjusted EBITDA (weighted 35% of the maximum opportunity), revenue (35%), and personal and strategic objectives (30%). Each measure has a threshold, on-target, and stretch target approved by the Board of Directors in at the time of budget approval. Threshold and on-target performance will result in a bonus payment of 0% and 50% of the maximum opportunity, respectively. There will be no bonus for the financial element of the bonus if threshold adjusted EBITDA is not satisfied. In the event of zero payout for financial performance, the maximum payout for personal and strategic measures will be restricted to 50% of the maximum bonus amount for that element. LTIP (audited information) For 2023, the CEO and CFO will receive awards of 150% of salary, in line with the policy. The Committee has sought to simplify the measures used by focusing solely on financial and share price growth measures. The performance metrics and targets are as follows: Performance measure Weighting (% of award) Threshold (25% vesting) Stretch (100% vesting) Absolute TSR (share price plus the value of reinvested dividends, if any) Revenue Adjusted EBITDA margin 35% 40% 25% 45p £206m 60p £228.9m £34.5m (16.7% margin vs revenue threshold) £43.1m (18.8% margin vs revenue stretch) No award will vest below Threshold performance, and vesting will increase on a straight-line basis between Threshold and Stretch. 8383 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Remuneration Report continued Directors’ interests A table setting out the beneficial interests of the Directors and their families in the share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2022 is set out below. Since 1 January 2022 there have been the following changes in Directors’ interests in shares: 2022 Americo Lemos Tim Pullen Phil Smith Carol Chesney Dr Andrew Nelson Sir Derek Jones Victoria Hull Shares owned as at 1 Jan 2022 Shares owned as at 1 Jan 2023 Shareholding requirement % salary/fee Current shareholding % salary/fee – – 40,000 40,000 36,190,417 – – 970,457 – 40,000 40,000 40,567,234 – 231,192 200% 200% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 84% 0% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Executive Directors are expected to build up a shareholding of 200% of salary within five years of appointment to the Board. As first announced on 6 August 2019, Andrew Nelson has entered into a sale and repurchase agreement with Equities First Holdings pursuant to which 12,121,711 Ordinary Shares are held subject to the Agreement. Andrew Nelson, including persons closely associated with him, maintains a beneficial interest in 40,567,234 Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 5.04% of the Company’s issued share capital. As part of the Group’s share placing which was announced on 17 May 2023, the following Directors purchased ordinary shares of 1p each in the Company as set out below: Names Position Americo Lemos Chief Executive Officer Dr Andrew W Nelson President and Non-Executive Director Phil Smith Carol Chesney Victoria Hull Chairman Non-Executive Director Non-Executive Director No. Ordinary shares acquired 7,500,000 5,000,000 100,000 50,000 50,000 Resultant share holding* 8,470,457 45,567,234 140,000 90,000 281,192 * As at admission of the 150,000,000 new Ordinary Shares issued as a result of the placing, expected to take place on or around 22 May 2023. Directors outstanding share awards 2022 Americo Lemos Tim Pullen 2021 Dr Andrew Nelson Tim Pullen Unvested and subject to continued performance Unvested and subject to continued employment 3,065,591 3,328,789 2,899,470 1,850,483 – – – – Vested but unexercised Vested during year Lapsed during year Exercised during year – – – – – – – – – 1,097,247 966,246 699,814 – – – – 1,097,247 LTIP options awarded to Mr Tim Pullen in 2020 were due to vest on 31 December 2022. The performance criteria for these awards were not met and these options have lapsed in 2023. Summary of shareholder voting at the 2022 AGM Results of the vote on the Remuneration Report at the IQE’s AGM on 28 June 2022 are as below: For (including discretionary) Against Total votes cast (excluding withheld votes) Votes withheld Total votes cast (including withheld votes) 8484 Total number of votes % of votes cast 99 1 433,500,728 4,376,693 437,877,421 52,913 437,930,334 ESG Committee Report ESG Committee Chair’s introduction focused in driving momentum and providing guidance in the development of the sustainability strategy and its alignment with IQE’s broader strategic objectives. We look forward to communicating progress with our stakeholders through 2023, and working towards our first sustainability report. Phil Smith Committee Chair 23 May 2023 Role of the Committee The ESG Committee is responsible for developing and monitoring the execution of IQE’s ESG strategy and the communication of that strategy to IQE’s stakeholders. Key responsibilities • ensure that IQE has a fit-for- purpose ESG strategy and drive momentum behind the development and implementation of that strategy • be responsible for communicating IQE’s position on Environmental, Social and Governance issues • ensure that the strategy meets IQE’s short and long-term business objectives • review the effectiveness of the strategy and the governance for its successful delivery • approve ESG reporting and specifically any reporting and data included in IQE’s Annual Report • report to the Board about the Committee’s work and progress against the strategy Membership • Phil Smith – Chair • Drew Nelson • Derek Jones (responsible for workforce engagement) Meetings and attendance The ESG Committee meets at least twice a year. 8585 “We are committed to all aspects of our ESG strategy and I am delighted we have an engaged and enthusiastic Committee that are not only helping to shape IQE’s approach to ESG, but want to establish IQE as a leader in this area. IQE has the opportunity not only to be compliant but through its technology, which is vital for the path to Net Zero, to establish a true leadership position. We are at the beginning of our journey but are keen to show progress and make ESG a part of everything we do.” Phil Smith Committee Chair The Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Committee was established on 24 January 2022 to enhance the Board’s oversight of ESG matters. The ESG Committee is responsible for developing and monitoring the execution of IQE’s sustainability strategy and the communication of IQE’s activities with our stakeholders. The ESG Committee is also responsible for monitoring the Board’s engagement with IQE’s people, with Derek Jones acting as the Board’s workforce representative. The ESG Committee is working with the Executive Leadership Team and colleagues within IQE to develop IQE’s sustainability strategy. In 2023, the Committee will be IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Directors’ Report Directors’ Report The Directors present their Annual Report and the Financial Statements for IQE plc (the “Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2022. Principal Activities and Future Development The Company is the ultimate holding company of a group of subsidiary undertakings (the “Group”) engaged in the research, design, development, manufacture and sale of compound semiconductor materials. An overview of our principal activities and an indication of likely future developments in the Group is given in the Strategic Report. Strategic Report The Strategic Report is set out on pages 2-57 of the Annual Report. Directors & Directors’ Interests Biographies of all of the Company’s Directors at the date of this Annual Report, including Non-Executive Directors, appear on pages 58-59 of the Annual Report. Americo Lemos was appointed as the Group’s new Chief Executive Officer and a director on 10 January 2022. The beneficial interests of the Directors in the Company’s share capital is shown on page 84 of the Remuneration Report. The beneficial interests of Americo Lemos, CEO, and Tim Pullen, CFO, have changed during the year as they participate in the Company’s LTIP. No Director was beneficially interested in the shares of any subsidiary company at any time during the year. In the year to 31 December 2022, no Director had a material interest in any contract of significance with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Insurance and Indemnities The Group maintains insurance to cover its Directors and officers against their costs in defending themselves in legal proceedings taken against them in that capacity and in respect of damages resulting from the unsuccessful defence of any proceedings. In addition, to the extent permitted by UK law, the Group indemnifies its Directors and officers for liabilities arising from such proceedings. Neither the insurance nor the indemnity provides cover for situations where the Director has acted fraudulently or dishonestly. Risk Management and Principal Risks A description of risk management and the principal risks facing the business are set out on pages 50-55 of the Annual Report. Relationship with Suppliers and Customers Our relationships with our customers are explained throughout the Annual Report, particularly on page 36. Our relationships with our suppliers are specifically covered on page 38 of the Annual Report. The Group seeks to agree favourable credit terms with its suppliers where possible. Payment is made in accordance with the agreed terms. Auditor and Disclosure of Information to the Auditor The Company’s auditor throughout the period of this Annual Report was KPMG LLP, who were appointed in December 2017. 8686 As at the date of the approval of this Annual Report, as far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware. Each Director has taken all such steps as he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. Share Capital The Company’s share capital is made up of one class of ordinary shares of 1p each which each carry one vote at general meetings of the Company. Except as set out in the Articles of Association or in applicable legislation, there are no restrictions on the transfer of shares in the Company and there are no restrictions on the voting rights in the Company’s shares. The full rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, as well as the powers of the Directors, are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, a copy of which is available on the Company’s website. These can also be obtained from Companies House or by writing to the General Counsel and Company Secretary. The Company is not aware of any agreements entered into between any shareholders in the Company which restrict the transfer of shares or the exercise of any voting rights attached to the shares. The Company has not acquired any of its own shares during 2022 (2021: nil). Substantial shareholdings As at 31 March 2023, the following are beneficial interests of 3% or more (where the holding is direct) or of 5% or more (where the holding is indirect) which have been notified to the Directors of the Company. Shareholder Invesco Lombard Odier Investment Managers T Rowe Price Global Investments Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management Hargreaves Lansdown Interactive Investor Dr Andrew W Nelson Source: Equiniti Investor Analytics Shares Issued Capital % 142,305,599 86,348,402 79,176,738 71,366,260 56,341,085 43,185,510 40,567,234 17.67 10.72 9.83 8.86 7.00 5.36 5.04 Going Concern The Group has reported an operating loss of £72,967,000 for the year (2021: £19,978,000 loss), which includes a non-cash impairment charge of £62,716,000 related to the write-down of goodwill which has arisen from a change in forecasts related to the current semiconductor industry downturn. The Group increased its net debt position (excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/ losses on derivative instruments) to £15,248,000 (2021: £5,804,000) and at 31 December 2022 the Group had undrawn committed funding of £12,400,000 ($15,000,000) available under the terms of its credit facilities. The directors have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis following a number of steps that have been taken post year end to strengthen the balance sheet of the business, including the renewal of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi- currency revolving credit facility provided by HSBC Bank plc and the successful £31,098,546 equity fundraise announced in Q2FY23. The Group’s ‘base case’ and ‘severe but plausible downside’ cash flow forecasts and projections, in conjunction with the level of assessed covenant headroom on the Group’s committed bank facilities illustrate that the Group and the Company have adequate cash resources to continue operating and to meet its liabilities as they fall due for a period up to and including 31 December 2024, such that the directors consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. Details of the going concern assumption and basis of accounting is set out in note 2.2 to the financial statements. and energy emissions. We recognise that as a technology leader, IQE is in a unique position to be able to improve energy efficiency through our products. Dividends The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend (2021: £nil). Research and Development The Group continues to devote significant resources to the research and development and the updating and expansion of its range of products in order to remain at the forefront of its world markets. Further information on the expenditure on research and development is contained in Note 6 of the Financial Statements. The amount of research and development expenditure capitalised, and the amount amortised, in the year, are given in Note 6 of the Financial Statements. Employment Policies A review of the Group’s employment policies is provided on pages 40-42 of the Annual Report. Political Donations The Group has a policy of not making political donations and no political donations were made during the year (2021: nil). Climate Change, Greenhouse Gas and Energy Emissions The Group recognises Climate Change is a key challenge for the world and is working to minimise its environmental impact through a rigorous environmental management system, in order to minimise greenhouse gas (GHG) Our approach to environmental protection is underpinned by our Environmental Policy and Environmental Management System, which ensures all our sites operate in compliance with ISO 14001 requirements. We target minimisation of GHG and energy emissions, as well as focusing on waste, water and recycling initiatives. Details of our GHG and energy emissions figures, as well as the measures we are undertaking to promote energy efficiency, including incorporating energy saving features into facility design, can be found on pages 48-49. In January 2022 the Group formed an Environment, Social and Governance Committee in recognition of the importance of ESG to IQE’s stakeholders and the wider environment. The Committee is chaired by me and is responsible for ensuring that the Group has a fit-for-purpose ESG strategy and for supporting management with building momentum behind that strategy. We look forward to bringing further updates on ESG matters through 2023. Phil Smith Chairman, IQE plc 23 May 2023 8787 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Corporate governance Statement of directors’ responsibilities Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and the Financial Statements Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange they are required to prepare the Group’s financial statements in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and applicable law and they have elected to prepare the parent Company financial statements on the same basis. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required to: • select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; • make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable; • state whether they have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; • assess the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and • use the going concern basis of accounting unless they intend either to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. The Directors have decided to prepare voluntarily a Directors’ Remuneration Report in accordance with Schedule 8 to The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 made under the Companies Act 2006, as if those requirements applied to the company. The directors have also decided to prepare voluntarily a Corporate Governance Statement as if the company were required to comply with the Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority in relation to those matters. Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report and a Directors’ Report that complies with that law and those regulations. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. We consider the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy. Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by: Phil Smith Chairman, IQE plc. 23 May 2023 8888 Independent auditor’s report to the members of IQE plc 1. Our opinion is unmodified We have audited the financial statements of IQE plc (“the Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of changes in equity, consolidated cashflow statement, parent company balance sheet, parent company statement of changes in equity, parent company cash flow statement and the related notes, including the accounting policies in note 2. In our opinion: — the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended; — the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; — the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and — the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Basis for opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed other entities of public interest. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Overview Materiality: group financial statements as a whole £1.4m (2021: £1.2m) 0.8% (2021: 0.8%) of revenue Coverage 88% (2021:88%) of group revenue Key audit matters vs 2021 Recurring risks Goodwill impairment Revenue recognition Carrying amount of development intangibles Recoverability of parent company’s investments in subsidiaries and group debtor balances Parent Company only ▲ ▲ ◄► ◄► Event driven risk Going concern ▲ 8989 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements 2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In arriving at our audit opinion above, the other key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, were as follows: Goodwill impairment Forecast based assessment Our procedures included: The risk Our response (£8.0 million; 2021: £64.3 million) Impairment charge: £62.7 million; 2021: £0m) Refer to note 2.5 and 2.8 (accounting policy), note 3.1 (accounting estimate) and note 13 (financial disclosures). Goodwill is significant and is at increased risk of irrecoverability due to weak demand in end user markets expected during the remainder of 2023. The estimated recoverable amount is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty involved in forecasting and discounting future cash flows. The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk assessment, we determined that the value in use of goodwill in respect of the Wireless and Photonics CGU’s has a high degree of uncertainty with a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for the financial statements as a whole, and possibly many times that amount. The financial statements (note 13) disclose the sensitivity estimated by the Group. — Benchmarking assumptions: Comparing the Group’s assumptions, in particular those relating to forecast revenue growth and inflation to externally derived data, such as independent market reports and customer communications where available. — Valuation expertise: We derived a reasonable range of appropriate discount rates independently, with the support of our valuation specialists and compared these with those calculated by the Group. — Sensitivity analysis: We performed reasonably foreseeable scenario sensitivity analysis on the discount rate and growth assumptions. — Comparing valuations: Comparing the sum of the discounted cash flows to the Group’s market capitalisation to assess the reasonableness of those cashflows; and — Assessing transparency: Assessing whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome of impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the recoverable amount of goodwill. We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s controls because the [We continue to perform procedures over [identify key audit matter]. However, following [explain why risk is less significant this year], we nature of the balance is such that we would expect have not assessed this as one of the most significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our report to obtain audit evidence primarily through the this year.] detailed procedures described. 9090 The risk Our response Going concern Disclosure Quality See Note 2.2 (accounting policy and financial disclosures) The financial statements explain how the Board has formed a judgement that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of preparation for the Group and Parent company. That judgement is based on an evaluation of the inherent risks to the Group’s and Company’s business model, and how those risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations for a period of at least 18 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. The risks most likely to adversely affect the Groups’ and Company’s available financial resources and metrics relevant to debt covenants over this period is a continuous deepening of the market softness experienced in the latter part of 2022 and first half of 2023. The risk to our audit was whether or not those risks were such that they amounted to a material uncertainty which may have cast doubt on the ability to continue as a going concern. Had they been such, then that fact would have been required to have been disclosed. We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity or covenant compliance in the going concern period by assessing the director’s sensitivities over the level of available financial resources and covenant thresholds indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts taking account of severe, but plausible adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and collectively. Our procedures also included: — Funding assessment: We obtained the agreement for the revolving credit facility that was refinanced subsequent to the year end. We recalculated covenant compliance and headroom based on management’s forecasts and the severe but plausible downside scenario. — Funding assessment: We verified cash collected via the recent equity fund raise to the Group’s bank account. — Assessing transparency: We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note 2.2 to the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of the directors’ assessment of going concern, including the identified risks and dependencies and related sensitivities. — Sensitivity analysis: • We considered sensitivities over the level of available financial resources indicated by the Group’s financial forecasts taking account of plausible (but not unrealistic) adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually and collectively; • We challenged the assumptions in the base case as well as requesting the directors to apply more severe but plausible downside assumptions for some sensitivities. — Historical comparisons: We considered management’s accuracy when preparing forecast data by performing a retrospective review of previous forecasts to actuals. — Benchmarking assumptions: • We benchmarked the key assumptions behind the cashflow forecasts to customer forecasts where available. We also benchmarked product trends with analyst expectations; • We compared the assumptions around market return to other externally available sources. — Evaluating Directors’ intent: We evaluated the achievability of the actions the Directors consider they would take to improve the position should the risks materialise, which include additional restructuring within the Group and reduction of Research and Development expenditure, taking into account the extent to which the Directors can control the timing and outcome. 9191 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements 3. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued) The risk Our response Revenue recognition (£167.5 million; 2021: £154.0 million) Refer to note 2.22 (accounting policy) and page 4.3 (financial disclosures). Revenue recognised in the incorrect period There are pressures on achieving internal and external expectations of results, in particular Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets, which increases the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, in particular the recognition of sales around the year-end date. Our procedures included: — Test of detail: We agreed a sample of sales transactions around the year-end based on their financial significance, to purchase order and external delivery confirmation, to assess whether the performance obligation has been met and that revenue has not been over- or understated at the year end date. — Test of detail: We agreed a sample of post year- end credit notes, based upon their financial significance, to sales order and external delivery confirmation, to assess that revenue has not been overstated to date. We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed procedures described. Carrying amount of development intangibles (£23.0 million; 2021: £27.9 million) Refer to page 2.5c, (accounting policy) and note 13 (financial disclosures). Subjective assessment: Our procedures included: There is inherent subjectivity in assessing whether development costs meet the technological and commercial feasibility criteria to be capitalised as development intangibles not yet available for use. The associated subjectivity gives rise to the incentive for manipulation, given the internal and external pressures to achieve financial measures such as Adjusted EBITDA. The impact of these matters is that we determine there is an increased risk in applying judgement to whether or not the criteria for capitalisation has been met for development costs in relation to development intangibles that are not yet available for use. — Challenging assumptions: We challenged the Group’s assessment of the future viability of development intangibles which are not yet available for use, considering their commercial viability with reference to external evidence including customer correspondence for specific projects and/or external market analysis reports in respect of the associated technologies. — Comparing valuations: Comparing the sum of the discounted cash flows to the Group’s market capitalisation to assess the reasonableness of those cashflows. the Group’s Chief Technology Officer to corroborate our understanding of the future uses, opportunities and intention for the development of intangibles. [We continue to perform procedures over [identify key audit matter]. However, following [explain why risk is less significant this year], we have not assessed this as one of the most significant risks in our current year audit and, therefore, it is not separately identified in our report — Personnel interviews: We held discussions with this year.] — Assessing application: We have critically assessed the capitalisation criteria for costs incurred on development projects, examining relevant evidence such as employment agreements, external invoices and time spent of internal employees and considering the allocation of overhead costs — Assessing transparency: We have assessed whether the Group’s disclosures reflect the inherent risks in the valuation and existence of development intangibles not yet available for use. We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed procedures described. 9292 3. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued) Parent company: Recoverability of parent company’s investments in subsidiaries and group debtor balances (Investments: £76.2 million; 2021: £76.1million, Receivables: £135.5 million; 2021: £132.7million) Refer to notes 2.10 and 2.29 (Accounting policy) and notes 16 and 18 (financial disclosures). The risk Our response Forecast based assessment Our procedures included: The carrying amount of the parent company’s investments in subsidiaries and receivables from its subsidiaries represents 96% (2021: 95%) of the company’s total assets. The recoverable amount of these assets is subjective due to the inherent uncertainty involved in forecasting and discounting future cashflows however, this is not considered to be at a high risk of significant misstatement of subject to high levels of judgement. Due to their size in the context of the parent company financial statements, this is considered to be the area which has the greatest impact on our overall parent company audit. — Test of detail: We compared the carrying amount of 100% of the investments and receivables with the associated subsidiaries’ balance sheet to identify whether their net assets exceeded the carrying amount, as this is the most appropriate approximation of their minimum recoverable amount. We also assessed whether those subsidiaries have historically been profitable; — Assessing subsidiary audit: We assessed the work performed by the component auditor of the relevant subsidiary and considered the results of that work on the subsidiary’s profit and net assets; — Comparing valuations: For the investments and receivables where the carrying amount exceeded the net asset value, we compared their carrying amount with the expected value of the business based on the subsidiaries’ value in use. We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed procedures described. 9393 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements 4. Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at £1,400k (2021: £1,200k) determined with reference to a benchmark of revenue which represents 0.8% of group revenue (2021: 0.8%). We consider total revenue to be the most appropriate benchmark because of losses before tax from continuing operation in recent periods. The level of materiality is reflective of the size of the group. Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole was set at £1,390k (2021: £1,199k) determined with respect to a benchmark of total assets of the parent company, limited to be less than materiality for the group as a whole. It represents 0.7% (2021: 0.6%) of the stated benchmark. In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 65% (2021: 75%) of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £0.9m (2021: £0.9m) for the group and £901k (2021: £899k) for the parent company. We have applied this percentage in our determination of performance materiality based on the level of identified misstatements and control deficiencies during the prior period. We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected misstatements identified exceeding £65k (2021: £60k), in addition to other identified misstatements which warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. Of the group’s 18 reporting components (2021: 18), we subjected 6 (2021: 6) to full scope audits for group purposes and 1 (2021: 1) to specified risk-focused audit procedures. The latter was not individually financially significant enough to require a full scope audit for group purposes, but did present specific individual risks which need to be addressed. The components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages illustrated opposite. The remaining 10% (2021: 12%) of total group revenue and 14% (2021: 13%) of total group assets is represented by 11 (2021: 11) reporting components, none of which represented more than 2% (2021: 5%) of total group revenue or total group assets. For these residual components, we performed analysis at an aggregated group level to re-examine our assessment that there were no significant risks of material misstatement within these. The work on 1 of the 6 components (2021: 1 of the 6 components) was performed by component auditors and the rest, including the audit of the parent company, was performed by the Group team. The Group team issued audit instructions to component auditors on the scope of their work, including minimum procedures to perform in their audit of revenue. The Group team approved the component materialities which ranged from £490k to £1,050k (2021: £400k to £850k), having regard to the mix, size and risk profile of the Group across the components. The Group team visited 2 (2021: nil) component locations to assess audit risk and strategy. Video and telephone conference meetings were held with the component auditor. At these meetings, the findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more detail and any further work required by the Group team was then performed by the component auditor. The scope of audit work performed was predominately substantive as we placed limited reliance on the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting. 9494 Revenue £167,744k (2021: £154,096k) Group materiality £1,400k (2021: £1,200k) £1,400k Whole financial statements materiality (2021: £1,200k) £910k Whole financial statements performance materiality (2021: £900k) £1,050m Range of materiality at 7 components (£450k-£1,050k) (2021: £400k to £850k) £65k Misstatements reported to the audit committee (2021: £60k) Normalised PBT Group materiality Group revenue 1 1 90% (2021: 88%) 87 89 Group total assets 7 6 86% (2021: 87%) 81 79 Key: Full scope for group audit purposes 2022 Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2022 Full scope for group audit purposes 2021 Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2021 Residual components 5. Going concern 6. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s and the Company’s financial position means that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for 18 months from the date of approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). An explanation of how we evaluated management’s assessment of going concern is set out in the related key audit matter in section 2 of this report. Our conclusions based on this work: • we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate; • we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or Company's ability to continue as a going concern for the going concern period; and • we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in note 2.2 to the financial statements on the use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period. However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company will continue in operation. 6. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included : — Enquiring of directors, the Audit Committee and the Company Secretary and inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud. — Reading Board, Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee meeting minutes. — Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for directors and management including bonus targets and Long Term Incentive Plan EPS growth targets for director and management remuneration. (continued) Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud (continued) We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. This included communication from the Group audit team to the one full scope component audit team of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level and request to the full scope component audit team to report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement at group. As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible pressures to meet profit targets and revisions to market guidance, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, in particular the risk that revenue is overstated or understated through recording revenues in the wrong period. We also identified a fraud risk related to the inappropriate capitalisation of development costs to intangible assets not yet available for use in response to possible pressures to meet profit targets. Further detail in respect of these risks are set out in the key audit matter disclosures in section 2 of this report. In determining the audit procedures we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of the operating effectiveness of some of the Group-wide fraud risk management controls. We also performed procedures including: — Identifying journal entries to test for all full scope components based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation. These included those posted by senior finance management and those posted to revenue and cash accounts with an unusual account pairing. — Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias. Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our general commercial and sector experience and through discussion with the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards) and discussed with the directors and other management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations. We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout the audit. This included communication from the Group audit team to the one full-scope component audit team of relevant laws and regulations identified at the Group level, and a request for the full scope component auditor to report to the Group audit team any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that could give rise to a material misstatement at Group level. The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies considerably. Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial statement items. 9595 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements 6. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect 7. We have nothing to report on the other information in the 7. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report (continued) Directors’ remuneration report In addition to our audit of the financial statements, the directors have engaged us to audit the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited, which the directors have decided to prepare as if the Company were required to comply with the requirements of Schedule 8 to The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (SI 2008 No. 410) made under the Companies Act 2006. In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, as if those requirements applied to the Company. Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer-term viability We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. Based on those procedures, other than the material uncertainty related to going concern referred to above , we have nothing further material to add or draw attention to in relation to: — the directors’ confirmation within the long term viability statement on page 56 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity; — the Principle Risks disclosures describing these risks and how emerging risks are identified, and explaining how they are being managed and mitigated; and — the directors’ explanation in the long term viability statement of how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s longer-term viability. Corporate governance disclosures We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. Annual Report (continued) Corporate governance disclosures (continued) Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit knowledge: — the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; or — the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee, and how these issues were addressed; and — the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems. In addition to our audit of the financial statements, the directors have engaged us to review their Corporate Governance Statement as if the Company were required to comply with the Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority in relation to those matters. Under the terms of our engagement we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect. Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or — the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report which are were engaged to audit are not in agreement with the accounting records and — certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by returns; or law are not made; or — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in these respects. Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or — the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report which are were engaged to audit are not in agreement with the accounting records and — certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by returns; or law are not made; or — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in these respects. 8. Respective responsibilities Directors’ responsibilities As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 88, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditor’s responsibilities Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and the terms of our engagement by the Company. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report, and the further matters we are required to state to them in accordance with the terms agreed with the Company, and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. Kate Teal (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor Chartered Accountants 66 Queen Square Bristol BS1 4BE 23 May 2023 (continued) Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and regulations (continued) Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and safety and hazardous material legislation, export control legislation, anti-bribery, employment law and certain aspects of company legislation, recognising the nature of the Group’s global manufacturing and development activities. Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach. Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further removed non- compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non- compliance with all laws and regulations. 7. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. Strategic report and directors’ report Based solely on our work on the other information: — we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report; — in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and — in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 9696 7. We have nothing to report on the other information in the Annual Report (continued) Corporate governance disclosures (continued) 8. Respective responsibilities Directors’ responsibilities Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our audit knowledge: — the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy; or — the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee, and how these issues were addressed; and — the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems. In addition to our audit of the financial statements, the directors have engaged us to review their Corporate Governance Statement as if the Company were required to comply with the Listing Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority in relation to those matters. Under the terms of our engagement we are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect. Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or — the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report which are were engaged to audit are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or — certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in these respects. Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: — adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or — the parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report which are were engaged to audit are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or — certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or — we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. We have nothing to report in these respects. As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 88, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. Auditor’s responsibilities Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe our responsibilities This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and the terms of our engagement by the Company. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report, and the further matters we are required to state to them in accordance with the terms agreed with the Company, and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. Kate Teal (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor Chartered Accountants 66 Queen Square Bristol BS1 4BE 23 May 2023 9797 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Five-year financial summary Revenue Adjusted EBITDA (see below) Operating (loss)/profit • Adjusted* • Reported (Loss)/profit after tax • Adjusted* • Reported Net cash flow from operations Adjusted* (note 5) Reported Free cash flow** Before exceptional cash flows Reported 2022 £’000 167,494 23,365 2021 £’000 154,096 18,679 2020 £’000 178,016 30,101 2019 £’000 140,015 16,246 2018 £’000 156,291 26,404 (3,557) (72,976) (6,454) (19,978) 5,386 (5,517) (4,676) (18,802) (5,920) (74,541) (19,281) (31,002) 2,702 (2,893) (19,010) (35,128) 15,652 8,873 4,148 (2,631) 17,940 18,883 (1,640) (697) 36,324 35,457 24,929 24,062 16,530 8,948 (25,445) (33,027) (26,045) (26,039) 16,040 8,660 11,229 1,189 16,982 16,988 Adjusted net (debt)/cash*** (15,248) (5,804) 1,923 (15,970) 20,807 Equity shareholders’ funds Basic EPS – adjusted**** Basic EPS – unadjusted Diluted EPS – adjusted**** Diluted EPS – unadjusted 175,060 234,621 260,435 266,593 305,730 (0.74p) (9.27p) (2.41p) (3.87p) 0.29p (0.41p) (2.46p) (4.51p) (0.74p) (9.27p) (2.41p) (3.87p) 0.29p (0.41p) (2.46p) (4.51p) 1.44p 0.13p 1.38p 0.12p * The adjusted performance measures for 2022 and 2021 are reconciled in note 5. The adjusted performance measures for 2018-2020 are reconciled in those financial statements. ** Free cash flow is defined as net cash outflow of £53,000 (2021: £14,080,000 outflow) before cash flows from financing activities of £4,732,000 (2021: outflow of £11,170,000) and net interest paid of £2,154,000 (2021: £2,213,000). *** Adjusted net (debt)/cash is defined as cash less borrowings but excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/losses on derivative instruments. **** Adjusted EPS measures exclude the impact of certain non-cash charges, non-operational items and significant infrequent items that would distort period on period comparability (see note 12). Adjusted EBITDA has been calculated as follows: (Loss)/profit after tax Tax charge / (credit) Interest expense/(income) Share based payments (Profit)/Loss on disposal of PPE and intangibles Adjusted items Depreciation of PPE Depreciation of right of use asset Amortisation of intangible assets Adjusted EBITDA 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 (74,541) (31,002) (862) 2,427 332 (688) 70,403 14,529 3,981 7,784 23,365 8,811 2,213 1,691 (77) 11,833 13,309 3,854 8,047 18,679 2020 £’000 (2,893) (1,001) 2,165 265 182 6,850 12,983 3,681 7,869 30,101 2019 £’000 (35,128) 10,180 1,458 (771) (245) 18,463 10,477 3,590 8,222 16,246 2018 £’000 1,189 5,558 (87) (1,044) – 7,906 6,773 – 6,109 26,404 9898 98 Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2022 Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Selling, general and administrative expenses Impairment loss on intangible assets Impairment (loss)/reversal on trade receivables and contract assets Profit on disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment Other losses Operating loss Finance costs Adjusted loss before income tax Adjustments Loss before income tax Taxation Loss for the year Loss attributable to: Equity shareholders Loss per share attributable to owners of the parent during the year Basic loss per share Diluted loss per share Adjusted basic and diluted loss per share are presented in note 12. All items included in the loss for the year relate to continuing operations. Note 4 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 167,494 154,096 (141,111) (136,452) 5 22 5 6 6 8 5 9 26,383 (31,211) (66,155) (2,300) 688 (381) (72,976) (2,427) (5,984) (69,419) (75,403) 862 17,644 (30,322) (7,411) 34 77 – (19,978) (2,213) (8,667) (13,524) (22,191) (8,811) (74,541) (31,002) (74,541) (31,002) (74,541) (31,002) 12 12 (9.27p) (9.27p) (3.87p) (3.87p) The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 9999 99 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2022 Loss for the year Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations* Total comprehensive expense for the year Total comprehensive expense attributable to: Equity shareholders * Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss. 2022 £’000 (74,541) 14,500 2021 £’000 (31,002) 4,744 (60,041) (26,258) (60,041) (26,258) (60,041) (26,258) Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The income tax relating to each component of other comprehensive expense is disclosed in note 9. The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 100100 100 Consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2022 Non-current assets Intangible assets Fixed asset investments Property, plant and equipment Right of use assets Deferred tax assets Other financial assets Total non-current assets Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents Total current assets Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Current tax liabilities Bank borrowings Derivative financial instruments Lease liabilities Provisions for other liabilities and charges Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Bank borrowings Lease liabilities Deferred tax liabilities Provisions for other liabilities and charges Total non-current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Equity attributable to the shareholders of the parent Share capital Share premium Retained earnings Exchange rate reserve Other reserves Total equity Note 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 13 16 14 15 10 18 17 18 37,014 95,866 – 127,055 41,432 – – – 129,730 44,267 – – 205,501 269,863 34,161 44,828 11,620 90,609 296,110 31,710 38,860 10,791 81,361 351,224 19 (37,545) (37,083) 20 22 20 21 20 20 10 21 23 (690) (6,225) (381) (4,843) (1,625) (1,342) (6,230) – (4,694) (3,686) (51,309) (53,035) (20,643) (46,026) (1,065) (2,007) (10,365) (49,693) (2,060) (1,450) (69,741) (63,568) (121,050) (116,603) 175,060 234,621 8,048 154,720 (45,246) 40,535 17,003 8,036 154,632 29,295 26,035 16,623 175,060 234,621 The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 98 to 157 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and approved on 23 May 2023 and were signed on its behalf. Mr A Lemos Mr T Pullen IQE PLC Annual report 2022 101101 101 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2022 At 1 January 2022 Comprehensive expense Loss for the year Other comprehensive expense for the year Total comprehensive expense for the year Transactions with owners Share based payments Tax relating to share options Proceeds from shares issued Total transactions with owners Share capital £’000 8,036 Share premium £’000 154,632 Retained earnings / (losses) £’000 29,295 Exchange Rate reserve £’000 26,035 Other reserves £’000 16,623 Total equity £’000 234,621 – – – – – 12 12 – – – – – 88 88 (74,541) – – 14,500 (74,541) 14,500 – – – – – – – – – – – 289 91 – 380 (74,541) 14,500 (60,041) 289 91 100 480 At 31 December 2022 8,048 154,720 (45,246) 40,535 17,003 175,060 At 1 January 2021 Comprehensive expense Loss for the year Other comprehensive expense for the year Total comprehensive expense for the year Transactions with owners Share based payments Tax relating to share options Proceeds from shares issued Acquisition of non-controlling interest Total transactions with owners Share capital £’000 8,004 Share premium £’000 154,185 Retained earnings £’000 62,089 Exchange Rate reserve £’000 Other reserves £’000 Total equity £’000 21,291 14,866 260,435 – – – – – 32 – 32 – – – – – 447 – 447 (31,002) – – 4,744 (31,002) 4,744 – – – (31,002) 4,744 (26,258) – – – (1,792) (1,792) – – – – – 1,850 (93) – – 1,757 1,850 (93) 479 (1,792) 444 At 31 December 2021 8,036 154,632 29,295 26,035 16,623 234,621 Other reserves relate to share based payments. The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 102102 102 Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2022 Cash flows from operating activities Adjusted cash inflow from operations Cash impact of adjustments Cash generated from operations Net interest paid Income tax paid Net cash generated from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment Purchase of intangible assets Capitalised development expenditure Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets Adjusted cash used in investing activities Cash impact of adjustments – proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Acquisition of minority interest Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares Proceeds from borrowings Repayment of borrowings Payment of lease liabilities Net cash generated from / (used in) financing activities Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January Exchange losses on cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December Note 5 26 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 15,652 (6,779) 8,873 (2,154) (775) 5,944 (9,438) (4,699) (3,795) 7,203 17,940 943 18,883 (2,213) (1,275) 15,395 (15,051) (345) (2,994) 85 (16,802) (18,305) 5 6,073 – (10,729) (18,305) 27 27 27 – 100 15,814 (6,256) (4,926) 4,732 (53) 10,791 882 11,620 (1,792) 472 – (6,145) (3,705) (11,170) (14,080) 24,663 208 10,791 The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 103103 103 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Parent company balance sheet for the year ended 31 December 2022 Non-current assets Intangible assets Property, plant and equipment Investments Deferred tax assets Trade and other receivables Total non-current assets Current assets Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents Total current assets Total assets Current liabilities Trade and other payables Bank borrowings Derivative financial instruments Provisions for other liabilities and charges Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Bank borrowings Provisions for other liabilities and charges Total non-current liabilities Total liabilities Net assets Shareholders’ equity Share capital Share premium Retained (losses) / earnings Other reserves Total equity Note 13 14 16 10 18 18 19 20 22 21 20 21 23 2022 £’000 5,315 389 2021 £’000 1,943 107 76,248 76,069 – 135,464 217,416 127 132,677 210,923 605 2,436 3,041 2,125 262 2,387 220,457 213,310 (29,753) (30,387) – (381) (573) – – (740) (30,707) (31,127) (16,529) (909) (17,438) – (962) (962) (48,145) (32,089) 172,312 181,221 8,048 154,720 (7,468) 17,012 172,312 8,036 154,632 1,829 16,724 181,221 The company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting the parent company profit and loss account. The parent company’s (registered number: 03745726) loss for the financial year amounted to £9,297,000 (2021: £29,272,000 loss). The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 99 to 157 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors and approved on 23 May 2023 and were signed on its behalf. Mr A Lemos Mr T Pullen 104104 104 Parent company statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2022 At 1 January 2022 Comprehensive expense Loss for the year Total comprehensive expense Transactions with owners Share based payments Tax relating to share options Proceeds from shares issued Total transactions with owners Share capital £’000 8,036 Share premium £’000 154,632 Retained earnings / (losses) £’000 1,829 Other reserves £’000 16,724 Total Equity £’000 181,221 – – – – 12 12 – – – – 88 88 (9,297) (9,297) – – (9,297) (9,297) – – – – 289 (1) – 288 289 (1) 100 388 At 31 December 2022 8,048 154,720 (7,468) 17,012 172,312 At 1 January 2021 Comprehensive expense Loss for the year Total comprehensive expense Transactions with owners Share based payments Tax relating to share options Proceeds from shares issued Total transactions with owners Share capital £’000 8,004 Share premium £’000 154,185 Retained earnings £’000 31,101 Other reserves £’000 14,920 Total Equity £’000 208,210 – – – – 32 32 – – – – 447 447 (29,272) (29,272) – – (29,272) (29,272) – – – – 1,850 (46) – 1,804 1,850 (46) 479 2,283 At 31 December 2021 8,036 154,632 1,829 16,724 181,221 Other reserves relate to share based payments. The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 105105 105 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Parent company cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2022 Cash flows from operating activities Cash outflow from operations Interest received Net cash used in operating activities Purchase of intangible assets Purchase of property plant and equipment Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares Proceeds from borrowings Net cash generated from financing activities Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December Note 26 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 (11,004) 1,244 (9,760) (3,683) (297) (3,980) 100 15,814 15,914 2,174 262 2,436 (2,337) 1,905 (432) (314) (106) (420) 479 – 479 (373) 635 262 The notes on pages 107 to 157 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 106106 106 Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022 1. General information IQE plc (‘the company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) develop, manufacture and sell advanced semiconductor materials. The Group has manufacturing facilities in Europe, United States of America and Asia and sells to customers located globally. IQE plc is a public limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The Company is domiciled in the United Kingdom and is quoted on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM). The address of the Company’s registered office is Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff, CF3 0LW. 2. Significant accounting policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all years presented. 2.1 Basis of preparation The financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with UK adopted international accounting standards (“UK adopted IFRS”). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except where fair value measurement is required by IFRS. The Group applies fair value measurement in its accounting for derivative foreign currency financial instruments (see note 2.18). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 3. 2.2 Going concern The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors believe that the Group has a strong strategy, exciting future opportunities and have taken the necessary steps to capitalise the Group with sufficient liquidity to navigate the current temporary semiconductor industry downturn. The Group is currently experiencing weaker customer demand and a reduction in customer orders and forecasts as a result of the industry downturn. The Directors consider that the current industry and economic outlook presents a temporary but significant challenge to sales volumes in the first half of 2023. The Group’s trading in Q1 2023 has experienced a deepening of the market softness that impacted the latter part of 2022 as weaker customer demand, orders and forecasts are expected to result in a year-on-year decline in revenue of approximately £30,000,000 in H1 2023 prior to an anticipated improvement in market dynamics and customer demand in H2 2023. The Directors have taken steps to strengthen the balance sheet of the Group in order to mitigate the financial impact of the current semiconductor market downturn. Actions taken since the year-end: • The implementation of cost cutting actions, including staff redundancies, operational efficiencies and reductions in areas of discretionary expenditure which are under the control of the Directors • Deferral of capital expenditure under the control of the Directors Actions taken since the year-end to capitalise the Group with sufficient liquidity: • Refinancing of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility provided by HSBC Bank plc on 16 May 2023 (see note 33). The tenor of the facility has been extended to 1 May 2026. Quarterly leverage and interest cover covenant tests will apply to the facility, commencing at December 2023 • The successful £31,098,546 equity fund raise completed on 18 May 2023 (see note 33) in order to ensure that the Company can continue to invest to execute on its strategy, meet its near-term liquidity requirements and deliver a sustainable balance sheet position going forward In the year to 31 December 2022, reported revenue growth of 9% was recorded, although the Group has reported an operating loss of £72,976,000 for the year (2021: £19,978,000 loss). This includes a non-cash impairment charge of £62,716,000 related to the write- down of goodwill, which results from a change in forecasts related to the current semiconductor industry downturn. The Group increased its net debt position (excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/losses on derivative instruments) to £15,248,000 (2021: £5,804,000). At 31 December 2022 the Group had undrawn committed funding of £12,400,000 ($15,000,000) available under the terms of its credit facilities. In assessing the going concern basis of preparation the Directors have reviewed financial projections to 31 December 2024 (‘the going concern assessment period’), containing both a ‘base case’ and a ‘severe but plausible downside case’. The review period extends beyond the minimum required 12-month period from the date of approval of the financial statements to protect against the recovery in the semiconductor market occurring later than forecast by the Directors. Base Case The base case is the Group’s Q1 2023 Board approved 2023 and 2024 forecasts. The base case incorporates the impact of current market softness, weak customer demand and post year end actions taken by the Directors including the impact of the successful 31,098,546 equity fund raise and refinancing of the Group’s £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility. 107 107107 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 The Group is forecast to maintain compliance with all covenants associated with Its bank facilities and have positive liquidity throughout the 2023 and 2024 going concern assessment period, in both the base case and severe but plausible downside scenarios following the successful steps taken by the Directors to capitalise the Group with sufficient liquidity in order to ensure that the Company can continue to invest to execute on its strategy, meet its near-term liquidity requirements and deliver a sustainable balance sheet position going forward. On this basis, the Directors believe that the Company and Group have adequate cash resources to continue operating for the foreseeable future and to meet their liabilities as they fall due for the going concern assessment period, such that the directors consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the Company and Group consolidated financial statements. 2.3 Changes in accounting policy and disclosures a) New standards, amendments and interpretations The following new standards, amendments and interpretations have been adopted by the Group for the first time for the financial year beginning on 1 January 2022: • Amendment to IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’ to update references to the Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting without changing the accounting requirements for business combinations. • Amendments to IAS 16 ‘Property, plant and equipment’ to prohibit the deduction from cost of property, plant and equipment amounts received from selling items produced while preparing the asset for its intended use with any such sales and related cost recognised in profit or loss. • Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets’ to specify which costs a company includes when assessing whether a contract will be loss making. • Annual improvements to IFRSs 2018-2020 cycle to make minor amendments to IFRS 1 ‘First-time adoption of IFRS’, IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, IAS 41 ‘Agriculture’ and amendments to the illustrative examples accompanying IFRS 16 ‘Leases’. The adoption of these standards, amendments and interpretations has not had a material impact on the financial statements of the Group or parent company. 2. Significant accounting policies continued The base case was prepared with the following key assumptions: • Revenue for 2023 in line with current analyst consensus, with a forecast return to year-on-year growth in 2024 • Direct wafer product margins consistent with 2022 • Labour inflation in 2024 in line with labour market norms • Cost inflation in operating and administrative costs in line with the current inflationary environment • Mitigating cost actions, resulting in a reduction in total overheads by c.7% year-on-year in 2023, despite inflationary pressures in some cost categories • c.£15,000,000 of capital expenditure in 2023 and 2024 reflecting a combination of essential maintenance capital expenditure and investment in Gallium Nitride (GaN) related manufacturing capacity, enabling diversification into the high-growth power electronics and advanced display (uLED) markets In the base case the Group is forecast to maintain significant levels of funding headroom throughout the going concern assessment period with liquidity of £36,348,000 at the end of 2023 and £41,776,000 at the end of 2024 and is forecast to comply with its leverage and interest cover banking covenants throughout the going concern assessment period. A position of net funds (excluding lease liabilities and fair value gains/losses on derivatives) is forecast throughout the review period with a net funds position of £3,458,000 at the end of 2023 and £13,088,000 at the end of 2024. Severe but plausible downside case The severe but plausible downside case was prepared using the following key assumptions: • Revenue is assumed at 15% down on the base case for 2023 and 14% down on the base case for 2024 • In line with the revenue reduction in both years, there is a reflective reduction in variable operating costs for 2023 and 2024 along with additional incremental cost savings that include idling of tools, labour savings, reductions in research and development expenditure and reductions in certain non-manufacturing related discretionary expenditure that can be controlled by the Directors • Deferral of certain capital expenditure in 2023 and 2024 that can be controlled by the Directors The severe but plausible downside case would leave the Group with liquidity of £25,559,000 at the end of 2023 and £17,232,000 at the end of 2024 with minimum liquidity in the going concern assessment period of £12,545,000 in Q4 2024. The leverage and interest cover covenants apply quarterly from 31 December 2023 and pass at each test point in the going concern assessment period. 108108 108 as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The nature of the Group’s joint arrangements has been assessed and each joint arrangement has been determined to be a joint venture. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post- acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income. Gains by the Group on transactions with joint ventures are eliminated against the carrying value of the Group’s interest in its joint ventures to the extent that the gain does not exceed the carrying amount. In circumstances where a gain exceeds the carrying amount the Group has made an accounting policy choice to recognise the gain in the comprehensive income statement, subject to an assessment of recoverability of value from the joint venture rather than recognising the gain as deferred income in the consolidated balance sheet. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the joint ventures (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the joint ventures), the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures. Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 2. Significant accounting policies continued b) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective and not adopted early A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations which are set out below are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2023 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements: • IFRS 17 ‘Insurance contracts’ which establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts and supersedes IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. • Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of financial statements’ on classification of liabilities which is intended to clarify that liabilities are classified as either current or non-current depending upon the rights that exist at the end of the reporting period and amendments to the disclosure of accounting policies which will require disclosure of material rather than significant accounting policies. • Amendment to IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’ to introduce a new definition for accounting estimates which clarifies that an accounting estimate is a monetary amount in the financial statements that is subject to measurement uncertainty. Amendment to IAS 12 ‘Income taxes’ to clarify the accounting treatment for deferred tax on certain transactions with a narrowing of the scope of the initial recognition exemption so that it does not apply to transactions that give rise to equal and offsetting temporary differences. The Directors anticipate that at the time of this report none of the new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are expected to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Group or parent company. 2.4 Consolidation The consolidated financial statements comprise the results of IQE plc (the Company) and its subsidiary undertakings, together with the Group’s share of the results of its associates and joint venture. Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are de- consolidated from the date that control ceases. Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains or losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated and accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. Joint ventures The Group applies IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified IQE PLC Annual report 2022 109109 109 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 2. Significant accounting policies continued Business combinations The Group accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group. The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, as are the identifiable net assets acquired. Any goodwill that arises is tested annually for impairment. Any gain on a bargain purchase is recognised in profit or loss immediately. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except if related to the issue of debt or equity securities. The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre- existing relationships. Such amounts are generally recognised in profit or loss. Where the fair values of acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are initially recognised on a provisional basis, these are reassessed during the 12-month period following the date of the business combination. Adjustments to the fair values as at the date of acquisition that result from new information that existed at the date of acquisition which, if known at the time, would have resulted in a different amount being recognised within this ‘measurement period’, are recorded with any net impact being added to or deducted from the goodwill recognised. Such adjustments are recognised in both the current period and the restated comparative period balance sheets as if the final fair values had been used in the initial recognition of the acquisition. Subsequent to the measurement period, any adjustments to the recorded fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are taken through the income statement as an exceptional income or expense. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. 2.5 Intangible assets a) Goodwill Goodwill arising on an acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at cost, being the excess of the fair value of the consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for potential impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Cash Generating Units to which it relates. Any impairment identified is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. Subsequent reversals of impairment losses for goodwill are not recognised. Negative goodwill arising on an acquisition where the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the fair value of the consideration is credited and recognised in the consolidated income statement immediately. b) Patents, trademarks and licences Separately acquired patents, trademarks and licences are shown at historical cost. Patents, trademarks and licences acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Patents, trademarks and licences have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives of 10 to 15 years. Amortisation is charged to selling and general administration expenses in the income statement. The carrying value of patents, trademarks and licences is reviewed for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment identified is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. c) Development costs Expenditure incurred that is directly attributable to the development of new or substantially improved products or processes is recognised as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met: • the product or process is intended for use or sale; • the development is technically feasible to complete; • there is an ability to use or sell the product or process; • it can be demonstrated how the product or process will generate probable future economic benefits; • there are adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development; and • the development expenditure can be reliably measured. Directly attributable costs refer to the materials consumed; the directly attributable labour; and the directly attributable overheads incurred in the development activity. General operating costs, administration costs and selling costs do not form part of directly attributable costs. All research and other development costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalised development costs are amortised in line with the expected production volume profile over the period during which the economic benefits are expected to be received, which typically ranges between 3 and 8 years. The estimated remaining useful lives of development costs are reviewed at least on an annual basis. Amortisation commences once the project is completed and the development has been released into production. Amortisation is charged to selling and general administration expenses in the income statement. 110110 110 2. Significant accounting policies continued The carrying value of capitalised development costs in respect of completed projects is reviewed for impairment if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Projects that remain under development at the reporting date are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment identified is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. d) Software Directly attributable costs incurred in the development of bespoke software for the Group’s own use are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software, which typically ranges between 3 and 10 years. Amortisation is charged to selling and general administration expenses in the income statement. The carrying value of capitalised software costs is reviewed for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment identified is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. The costs of maintaining internally developed software and annual license fees paid to utilise third-party software are expensed as incurred. 2.6 Property, plant and equipment Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Cost comprises all costs that are directly attributable to bringing the asset into working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost of property, plant and equipment to its residual value on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful economic lives: Freehold buildings 10 to 40 years Short leasehold improvements 5 to 27 years Plant and machinery Fixtures and fittings 5 to 15 years 3 to 5 years No depreciation is provided on land or assets yet to be brought into use. Depreciation is charged to cost of sales and selling and general administration expenses in the income statement. Costs incurred after initial recognition are included in the assets’ carrying amounts, or recognised as a separate asset as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with them will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial year in which they are incurred. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within ‘profit/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment’ in the income statement. Assets’ residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Any impairment identified is immediately charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. 2.7 Leases The Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at inception of the contract. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short- term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less), leases of low value assets (such as small items of office furniture and equipment) and leases with variable rentals not linked to a relevant index (see note 3a). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognised at the lease commencement date. Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, and subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right- of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ policy. Right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 111111 111 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 2. Significant accounting policies continued The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) when there is a change in future lease payments. Changes in future lease payments can arise from a change in an index or rate, a change in the assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised or from a change in assessment about whether a termination option is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The Group did not make any such adjustments during the current year. Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs and are included in the line “Cost of sales” in profit or loss (see note 3a). 2.8 Impairment of non-financial assets Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life, or intangible assets not ready to use, are not subject to amortisation and are reviewed for potential impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value (less disposal costs) and value in use. Value in use is based on the present value of the future cash flows relating to the asset, discounted at the Group’s risk adjusted pre-tax discount rate. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. Indicators that impairment losses might have reversed are assessed annually. 2.9 Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs and attributable overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition based on normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling expenses. 2.10 Trade receivables Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets. Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. 2.11 Cash and cash equivalents In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are presented within cash and cash equivalents where the Group has a right of set-off under its treasury arrangements that are pooled by territory. 2.12 Preference share debt instruments Preference share financial assets are debt instruments due from a related party (see note 31). Debt instruments are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost on the basis that the financial asset is held with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and the contractual terms of the instrument give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. 2.13 Financial assets Financial assets are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument and are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Classification of financial assets On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income – debt investment, fair value through other comprehensive income – equity investment or fair value through profit or loss. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired and the classification is determined at the date of initial recognition. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the reporting period following the change in business model. A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions: • it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and • its contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. 112112 112 2. Significant accounting policies continued Amortised cost financial assets are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting period where the item is classified as a non-current asset. The Group’s financial assets comprise trade and other receivables (note 2.10), cash and cash equivalents (note 2.11), preference share debt instruments (note 2.12) and contract assets (note 2.22). Amortised cost and effective interest method Financial assets are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash receipts excluding expected credit losses, through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument on initial recognition. The amortised cost of a financial asset is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss. Impairment of financial assets The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses (‘ECL’) on trade receivables, contract assets and investments in debt instruments that are measured at amortised cost. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument. Expected credit losses are measured as an allowance equal to 12-month ECL for stage 1 assets, or lifetime ECL for stage 2 or stage 3 assets. An asset moves to stage 2 when its credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. In circumstances where credit risk increases to the point that it becomes highly probable that the debt instrument will not become recoverable, the Group considers that this would represent a default event and moves to stage 3. The Group recognises lifetime ECL for trade receivables and contract assets. The ECL on these financial assets are estimated based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors including observable data such as changes in arrears, or economic conditions that provide an indication that a debtor is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in payment that correlate with defaults. For preference share debt instruments, the Group recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to twelve-month ECL. Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12- month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date. Credit impaired financial assets At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit- impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit-impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Significant increase in credit risk – Preference share debt instruments In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Group considers both quantitative and qualitative information that is reasonable and supportable, including historical experience and forward-looking information that is available without undue cost or effort. Forward-looking information considered includes the future prospects of the joint venture entity in which the Group holds its preference share debt, obtained primarily from financial forecasts and projections prepared by management of the joint venture entity as well as consideration of various external sources of actual and forecast economic information that relate to the joint venture’s core operations. In particular, the following information is considered when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition: • existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the joint venture’s ability to redeem the preference share debt; • existing or forecast adverse changes in the joint venture’s business plan and financial projections, indicating a significant extension to the period prior to redemption of the preference share debt; • an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the joint venture; • significant increases in credit risk on other financial assets of the joint venture; and • an actual or expected significant adverse change in the regulatory, political or technological environment that results in a significant decrease in the joint venture’s ability to redeem the preference share debt. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 113113 113 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 2. Significant accounting policies continued In the event that the credit risk assessment results in a probable delay in forecast repayment of the debt instrument compared to the original expectation, the Group considers that this represents a significant increase in credit risk. In circumstances where credit risk increases to the point that it becomes highly probable that the debt instrument will not become recoverable, the Group considers that this would represent a default event. Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses The measurement of ECL is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data adjusted by forward- looking information as described above. Exposure at default is represented by the gross carrying amount of the financial asset at the reporting date. ECL for financial assets is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Group in accordance with the contract, and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate. If the Group has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the conditions for lifetime ECL are no longer met, the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date. The Group recognises an impairment gain or loss in profit or loss for financial assets with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount in the consolidated balance sheet. 2.14 Financial liabilities and equity Classification as debt or equity Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity, in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. Equity instruments An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recognised as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is recognised and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments. Financial liabilities Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortised cost or fair value through profit and loss. A financial liability is classified as fair value through profit and loss if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are measured at fair value and net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognised in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial liabilities are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed or determinable payments and they are included in current liabilities, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting period where the item is classified as a non-current liability. The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables (note 2.15), borrowings (note 2.16) and lease liabilities (note 2.7) in the consolidated balance sheet. 2.15 Trade payables Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 2.16 Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 2.17 Borrowing costs General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use. All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred. 2.18 Derivatives and hedging activities Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into, and they are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The group designates certain derivatives as either: • hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges), or • hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges). 114114 114 2. Significant accounting policies continued Cash flow hedges and derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, within other gains/(losses). Cash flow hedges and derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss and are included in other gains/(losses). Net investment hedges Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss within other gains/(losses). Gains and losses accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss when the foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold. 2.19 Government grants Government grants are recognised at fair value when there is reasonable assurance that the Group has complied with the conditions attaching to them and the grants will be received. Grants related to purchase of assets are treated as deferred income and allocated to the income statement over the useful lives of the related assets, while grants related to expenses are treated as other income in the income statement. 2.20 Share capital and other reserves Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. Other reserves relate to share based payment transactions. 2.21 Provisions Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount has been reliably estimated. Restructuring provisions comprise site closure costs and employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. 2.22 Revenue recognition Revenue represents the transaction price specified in a contract with a customer for goods, services and intellectual property licenses provided in the ordinary course of business net of value added and other sales related taxes. Standard Customer Products Revenue is recognised when the goods are delivered and have been accepted by customers. For contracts that permit the customer to return an item, revenue is recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of revenue recognised will not occur. The amount of revenue recognised is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on historical data for each specific type of product, with a refund liability recognised as part of provisions. The Group reviews its estimate of expected returns at each reporting date and updates the amounts of any liability accordingly. A receivable is recognised when the goods are delivered, since this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional, performance obligations have been satisfied and only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. Bespoke Customer Products Revenue is recognised for bespoke customer products with no alternative use where the Group has a guaranteed contractual right to payment on an over time basis prior to the delivery of goods to the customers’ premises. Revenue is recognised on an input basis by reference to the stage of completion of the manufacturing process, a process which includes an epitaxial wafer manufacture stage and a metrology and wafer test stage which are both typically completed within a limited number of days. The amount of revenue recognised is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on historical data for each specific type of product with a refund liability recognised as part of provisions. The Group reviews its estimate of expected returns at each reporting date and updates the amounts of any liability accordingly. The Group operates supplier managed inventory arrangements for certain global customers where the Group is responsible for ensuring that contractually agreed levels of inventory are maintained at specified locations. The Group has a guaranteed contractual right to payment for the bespoke customer products manufactured under these arrangements with revenue recognised on an over time basis. Assets and liabilities arising from contracts with customers are separately identified. Contract assets relate to consideration recognised for work completed but not billed at the balance sheet date. Contract liabilities relate to obligations to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the entity has received consideration (or the amount is due) from the customer. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 115115 115 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 2. Significant accounting policies continued Intellectual Property Licenses Intellectual property license income relates to the sale of finite and perpetual period licenses. Revenue is recognised for intellectual property licenses with a right to use over a finite period when control of the license is transferred to the customer in accordance with the terms of the relevant licensing agreement and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognised for perpetual intellectual property licenses with a right to use at a point in time when the following conditions are met: • when a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; • the intellectual property has been delivered; • the license fee is fixed or determinable; and • collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. 2.23 Segmental reporting Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Executive Directors, who oversee the allocation of resources and the assessment of operating segment performance. 2.24 Finance income and finance costs The Group’s finance income and finance cost include interest income and interest expense. Interest income or expense is recognised using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, or the amortised cost of the financial liability. In calculating interest income and expense, the effective interest rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of the asset (when the asset is not credit impaired) or to the amortised cost of the liability. However, for financial assets that have become credit impaired subsequent to initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset. 2.25 Pension costs The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Contributions are charged in the Consolidated Income Statement as they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme. The Group has no further obligations once the contributions have been made. 2.26 Share based payments The Group operates a number of equity-settled share based compensation plans under which the Group receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments in IQE plc. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement, and as a credit in other reserves in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, except for the social security element of the award which is treated as cash settled with the liability recognised in other taxation and social security within trade and other payables in the consolidated balance sheet. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted, including any market performance conditions (for example, an entity’s share price); excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period) and including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the requirement for employees to save or hold shares for a specific period of time). Non-market performance and service conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. When the options are exercised, the company issues new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and the balance to share premium. In the company’s own financial statements, the grant of share options to the employees of subsidiary undertakings is treated as a capital contribution. Specifically, the fair value of employee services received (measured at the date of grant) is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity in the parent entity financial statements. The social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of the share options is considered an integral part of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as a cash-settled transaction. 116116 116 2.29 Investment in subsidiaries Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost of investment less provision for impairment in the parent company financial statements. 2.30 Other equity investments Other equity investments are held at cost less provision for impairment in both the parent company and Group financial statements on the basis that the Group (and Company) does not have the ability to exert significant influence or control over the strategic and operating activities of the other equity investments. 2.31 Alternative performance measures Income Statement Alternative income statement performance measures are disclosed separately in the financial statements after a number of adjusted non-cash items, non- operational items and significant infrequent items that would distort period on period comparability, where it is deemed necessary by the Directors to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. Adjusted items are material items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature or amount. The tax impact of adjusted items is calculated applying the relevant enacted tax rate for each adjusted item. Details of the adjusted items are included in note 5. Balance Sheet Alternative balance sheet performance measures for net debt are disclosed separately in the financial statements after adjustments to exclude lease liabilities where it is deemed necessary by the Directors to do so to provide further understanding of the financial position, gearing and liquidity of the Group. Cashflow Statement Alternative cash flow statement performance measures are disclosed separately in the financial statements that reflect the cash impact of adjusted items included in alternative income statement performance measures. Adjusted items are material items of income or expense that have been shown separately due to the significance of their nature or amount. Details of the adjusted items are included in note 5. 2. Significant accounting policies continued 2.27 Foreign currency Items included in the financial statements of each subsidiary are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the Group’s presentational currency. Foreign currency transactions are translated into the subsidiaries’ functional currency at the rates of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction, or at the forward currency hedged rate where appropriate. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into the subsidiaries’ functional currency at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. All exchange differences are taken to the income statement. The balance sheets of overseas subsidiaries are translated into sterling at the closing rates of exchange at the balance sheet date, whilst the income statements are translated into sterling at the average rate for the period. The resulting translation differences are taken directly to reserves. Foreign exchange gains and losses on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings that are used to finance overseas operations are accounted for on the ‘net investment’ basis and are recorded directly in reserves provided that the hedge is effective. 2.28 Current and deferred tax Income tax for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income, or directly in equity, respectively. Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year using rates substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of prior years. Amounts receivable from tax authorities in relation to research and development tax relief under the RDEC scheme are recognised within operating profit in the period in which the research and development costs are treated as an expense. Where amounts are outstanding at the year end and have not been formally agreed, an appropriate estimate of the amount is included within other receivables. Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences, unless specifically exempt. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current taxation assets against current taxation liabilities and it is the intention to settle these on a net basis. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 117117 117 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty The Group’s principal accounting policies are described in note 2. The application of these policies necessitates the use of estimates and judgements in a number of areas. Accordingly, the actual amounts may differ from these estimates. The main areas involving significant judgement and estimation are set out below: a) Critical accounting judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies Joint Venture – Evaluation of rights, levels of control and influence The determination of the level of influence or control that the Group has over a business is a mix of contractually defined and subjective factors that can be critical to the appropriate accounting treatment of an entity in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Control or influence is achieved through Board representation and by obtaining rights of veto over significant decisions relevant to the activities of the entity. Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited (‘CSC’) On 9 July 2015, the Group entered into a joint venture agreement with Cardiff University to create the CSC in the United Kingdom. The commercial purpose of the CSC is the research, development and manufacture of advanced compound semiconductor materials by metalorganic vapour phase epitaxy (‘MOVPE’). Joint Venture – Right of use asset The Group established CSC with its joint venture partner as a centre of excellence for the development and commercialisation of advanced compound semiconductor wafer products. On establishment of the joint venture, the Group contributed assets as part of its initial investment and entered into an agreement with the joint venture that has been extended in the current year and conveys to the Group the right to use the assets of the joint venture for a minimum period up to 31 March 2024. This agreement, which contains rights attaching to the use of the joint venture’s assets, meets the definition of a lease. In the Group’s judgement, due to the variable nature of the lease payments, which are directly linked to the actual usage of the assets, the lease payments continue to be excluded from the measurement of right of use assets and lease liabilities with the variable lease costs recognised in operating expenses in the income statement as incurred. Joint Venture – Classification of preference share debt The Group classifies its preference share financial assets due from the CSC as debt instruments, rather than treating the preference shares as part of the Group’s net investment in the CSC. This is on the basis that these preference shares, redeemable at par, contingent on the generation of cash by CSC, are not deemed to be tantamount to equity. The manufacturing and technical capability of the CSC was established with the Group contributing fixed assets, transferring employees (including the current Managing Director of the CSC) and licensing intellectual property, with Cardiff University contributing cash. The Group also entered into an agreement with CSC that conveyed to the Group the right to use the CSC’s assets, establishing the Group as the CSC’s cornerstone customer during the early stages of the development of the CSC’s business (see note 30). Preference share funding was provided to the CSC by the joint venture partners to accelerate the development and growth of the CSC’s business. The contractual arrangements between the joint venture partners and the CSC require that any surplus cash generated by the CSC is used to redeem the preference share funding provided by the joint venture partners, as envisaged in the CSC business plan contained within the original Joint Venture Shareholder Agreement. The Shareholder Agreement establishes that the CSC is jointly controlled by the shareholders. Key decisions, defined as part of contractually agreed Board reserved matters, require approval from directors representing each joint venture partner who have equal Board representation and voting rights. The Group does not control the CSC, such that its 50% equity investment in the joint venture is accounted for using the equity method in accordance with the accounting policies set out in note 2. Upon transition to IFRS 9, the Group assessed that this financial asset meets the requirements to be measured at amortised cost in line with the treatment previously adopted under IAS 39. The instrument is held within a business model whose sole objective is to collect the contractual cash flows. These cash flows, in turn, represent solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. 118118 118 forecasts for each project and comprise assumptions that include cost to complete forecasts for each technology development, and commercial forecasts relating to the level of market penetration, revenue and cost of production for each technology. Adjustments to profit Alternative performance measures are disclosed separately in the financial statements after a number of adjusted exceptional, non-cash, non-operational or significant and infrequent items that would distort period on period comparability, where it is deemed necessary by the Directors to do so to provide further understanding of the financial performance of the Group. Details of the adjusted items are included in note 5. b) Critical accounting estimates and key sources of estimation uncertainty 3.1 Goodwill impairment testing Wireless Following the assessment of the goodwill allocated to the Wireless cash generating unit (‘CGU’); to which goodwill of £64,138,000 (2021: £57,173,000) is allocated, the directors consider that the current year impairment of £62,382,000 (2021: £nil) and the associated recoverable amount of goodwill allocated to the Wireless CGU of £nil (2021: £57,173,000) to be sensitive to the achievement of the Group’s five-year internal forecasts which have been adjusted to exclude the impact of expansionary capital expenditure and certain linked earnings and cash flows. The five-year forecasts comprise forecasts of revenue, material costs and site manufacturing labour and overhead costs, based on current and anticipated market conditions that have been considered and approved by the Board. Whilst the Group is able to manage most of its Wireless CGU costs, significant elements of the Wireless revenue forecasts are inherently linked to global demand for smartphones and the adoption of 5G technology, where uncertainty about both the timing and level of growth remains such that the revenue growth rates used within the forecasts are a key sensitivity given current global macro-economic conditions and consumer, market and regulatory dynamics. The sensitivity analysis in respect of the recoverable amount of ‘Wireless’ goodwill is presented in note 13. 3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued Joint Ventures – Credit risk associated with preference share debt As explained in note 2.13, expected credit losses are measured as an allowance equal to 12-month ECL for stage 1 assets, or lifetime ECL for stage 2 or stage 3 assets. The Group has assessed, based on its joint venture’s latest forecast, that recovery of the preference share debt within a reasonable period remains unlikely such that the credit risk remains at a level where the definition of default has been met and the asset continues to be classified at stage 3. In making this assessment, qualitative and quantitative reasonable and supportable forward-looking information associated with the forecast future financial performance and cash generation of CSC has been used (see note 3.5 for details of the calculation of the loss allowance and the associated impairment of the financial asset). Intangible assets – Technology development costs (distributed feedback laser technology assets) The Group has product development costs totalling £3,439,000 linked to its distributed feedback laser technology where the Group has taken the decision to discontinue the development and commercialisation of the technology. Although distributed feedback laser technology has a number of potential applications, the level of customer and partner engagement that is required to develop the technology has remained low, a position that has led to the decision to discontinue the development and commercialisation of the technology given the lack of a clear near-term route to the delivery of commercial volumes and cash flows. The current lack of visibility on the timeline to commercialise the product development technology assets and the decision to discontinue development of the assets, has resulted in a non-cash intangible asset charge of £3,439,000 that has been charged to ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ in the consolidated income statement, following the write- down of all distributed feedback laser product development cost assets to £nil. Intangible assets – Technology development assets not yet available for use Intangible assets include development cost assets not yet available for use of £4,278,000 (2021: £3,046,000) which have been reviewed for impairment as at the reporting date. The Group is committed to the technical completion and commercialisation of each of its technology development assets which are governed and controlled by reference to a combination of technical development objectives and market and customer related commercial plans. The recoverable amount of each technology development project is determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections in line with the expected useful economic life of each asset. The value in use calculations are based on management approved risk-adjusted cash flow IQE PLC Annual report 2022 119119 119 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 3.3 Valuation of lease liabilities and right of use assets The application of IFRS 16 requires the Group to make judgments and estimates that affect the valuation of the lease liabilities and the valuation of right-of-use assets that includes determining the contracts in scope of IFRS 16, determining the contract term and determining the interest rate used for discounting of future cash flows. The lease term determined by the Group generally comprises the non-cancellable period of lease contracts, periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the Group is reasonably certain not to exercise that option. Exercise of extension options, principally existing in the Group’s property leases, are assumed to be reasonably certain, except for the Group’s Newport facility where it has been assumed that it is reasonably certain that the Group will exercise its buy-out option at the end of the initial lease term. The same term applied to the length of the lease contract has been applied to the useful economic life of right-of-use assets. The present value of the lease payments applicable to the Group’s portfolio of property and plant leases has been determined using a discount rate that represents the Group’s incremental rate of borrowing, assessed as 2.25%-2.65% depending on the lease characteristics. If the incremental rate of borrowing decreased by 0.10%, the impact would be to increase the lease liability by £205,000 (2021: £246,000). 3.4 Share based payments Share based payment charges associated with long- term incentive plans are calculated taking account of an assessment of the achievability of relevant performance conditions. The share based payment charge for long-term incentive awards would be £2,030,000 (2021: £365,000) greater in 2022 if it were assumed that all performance criteria for existing awards would be met. 3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued Photonics Following the assessment of the goodwill allocated to the Photonics cash generating unit (‘CGU’); to which goodwill of £7,990,000 (2021: £7,124,000) is allocated, the directors consider that the current year impairment of £334,000 (2021: £nil) and the associated recoverable amount of goodwill allocated to the Photonics CGU of £7,656,000 (2021: £7,124,000) to be sensitive to the achievement of the Group’s five-year internal forecasts which have been adjusted to exclude the impact of expansionary capital expenditure and certain linked earnings and cash flows. The five-year forecasts comprise forecasts of revenue, material costs and site manufacturing, labour and overhead costs based on current and anticipated market conditions that have been considered and approved by the Board. Whilst the Group is able to manage most of its Photonics CGU costs, significant elements of the Photonics revenue forecasts are inherently linked to global demand for smartphones, the proliferation of VCSEL technology to advanced sensing applications beyond existing 3D sensing, the adoption of high definition infrared imaging and sensing in health monitoring and environmental applications and the adoption of 5G technology for telecommunication and data communication, where uncertainty about both the timing and level of growth remains such that the revenue growth rates used within the forecasts are a key sensitivity given current global macro-economic conditions and consumer, market and regulatory dynamics. The sensitivity analysis in respect of the recoverable amount of ‘Photonics’ goodwill is presented in note 13. 3.2 Useful economic lives of development cost intangible assets The periods of amortisation used for product and process development cost assets require estimates to be made on the estimated useful economic lives of the intangible assets to determine an appropriate rate of amortisation. Capitalised development costs are amortised in line with the expected production volume profile of the products to which they relate over the period during which economic benefits are expected to be received, which is typically between 3-8 years. The carrying value of development cost intangible assets is £22,968,000 (2021: £27,944,000). The amortisation charge for development cost intangible assets in the current year is £6,767,000 (2021: £6,490,000). If useful economic lives of development cost intangible assets were reduced by 1 year across the whole portfolio of assets, the impact on current year amortisation would be to increase the charge by £1,227,000 (2021: £1,189,000) to £7,994,000 (2021: £7,679,000). 120120 120 3.6 Preference share debt – Long term interest The Group treats its preference share financial assets due from its joint venture, CSC, as a long-term interest in an equity accounted investee on the basis that the factors that have led to the recognition of an expected credit loss impairment (note 3.5) indicate that repayment of the preference share debt is no longer expected in the foreseeable future. As a long-term interest in an equity accounted investee, the group has applied the loss absorption requirement in IAS 28.38 to the carrying amount of the preference share financial asset, after the application of the expected credit loss described in note 3.5. Application of the loss absorption requirements, after taking account of expected credit losses, continue to result in a position where the Group recognises no further allocation of joint venture losses to the preference share financial asset as the carrying value of the preference share debt is £nil (2021: £nil) after recognition of expected credit losses. 3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued 3.5 Preference share debt – Calculation of loss allowance The Group classifies its preference share financial assets due from its joint venture, CSC, as debt instruments. The carrying value of the Group’s preference share debt is £nil (2021: £nil) after the recognition of expected credit losses and the application of the loss absorption requirements of IAS 28.38. Expected credit loss impairment continues to be assessed at £7,922,000 (2021: £7,922,000). When measuring expected credit loss on the preference share debt due from CSC, the Group uses reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, which is primarily based on assumptions about the forecast future financial performance of CSC. The ECL model calculation is based on three key inputs: exposure at default, loss given default, and probability of default. Exposure at default is the carrying amount of the preference share debt. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the Group expect to receive, considering cash flows from any collateral. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of the future financial performance of CSC. Default events and associated probability of default is assessed by reference to a range of scenarios based principally on assumptions and expectations of the future financial performance of CSC that have been derived from CSC’s Board approved 2023 Budget extrapolated over the repayment period using a long- term growth rate of 2%. Following a review of a combination of factors, including CSC’s progress and achievement against its business objectives, current cash flow forecasts for CSC, and the capacity of CSC to redeem the debt, the Group has assessed that a position of default continues to exist on this instrument (see note 3(a)) and as a result, lifetime ECL continues to be calculated. Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of the debt instrument and is the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the Group expect to receive, considering cash flows from any collateral. The result of this assessment is that the Group considers the ECL to equal the carrying amount of the instrument and therefore the financial asset remains fully impaired. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 121121 121 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 4. Segmental analysis 4.1 Description of segments and principal activities The Chief Operating Decision Maker is defined as the Executive Leadership Team. The Executive Leadership Team, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Chief People Officer, Executive VP Global Business Development, Sales, Executive VP Product Management and the Executive VP General Counsel & company secretary, consider the group’s performance from a product perspective and have identified three primary reportable segments: • Wireless – this part of the business manufactures and sells compound semiconductor material for the wireless market which includes radio frequency devices that enable wireless communications. • Photonics – this part of the business manufactures and sells compound semiconductor material for the photonics market which includes applications that either transmit or sense light, both visible and infrared. • CMOSS++ – this part of the business manufactures and sells advanced semiconductor materials related to silicon which include the combination of the advanced properties of compound semiconductors with those of lower cost silicon technologies. The Executive Leadership Team primarily use revenue and a measure of adjusted operating profit to assess the performance of the operating segments. Measures of total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment are not reported to the Executive Leadership Team and therefore have not been disclosed. 4.2 Adjusted Operating Loss Adjusted operating loss excludes the effects of significant non-cash, non-operational or significant and infrequent items of income and expenditure which may have an impact on the quality of earnings, such as restructuring costs, CEO recruitment costs and impairments where the impairment is the result of an isolated, non-recurring event. Adjusted operating loss also excludes the effects of equity settled share based payments. Finance costs are not allocated to segments because treasury and the cash position of the group is managed centrally. 2022 £’000 76,016 88,637 2,841 2021 £’000 83,217 68,067 2,812 167,494 154,096 4,705 11,162 (1,513) (17,911) 7,305 1,737 (586) (14,910) (3,557) (6,454) (63,754) (5,438) (10) (217) (8,128) (3,941) (14) (1,441) (72,976) (19,978) (2,427) (2,213) (75,403) (22,191) Revenue Wireless Photonics CMOS++ Revenue Adjusted operating loss Wireless Photonics CMOS++ Central corporate costs Adjusted operating loss Adjusted items (see note 5) Wireless Photonics CMOS++ Central corporate costs Operating loss Finance costs Loss before tax 122122 122 4. Segmental analysis continued 4.3 Revenue – Disaggregation of segmental revenue from contracts with customers The group derives revenue from the transfer of goods, services and intellectual property over time and at a point in time. Revenues from external customers derive from the sale of standard or bespoke compound semiconductor material, or from the sale or licensing of intellectual property. Disaggregate Segment Revenue Timing of revenue recognition At a point in time Standard customer products Intellectual property licenses Over time Bespoke customer products Total revenue Disaggregate Segment Revenue Timing of revenue recognition At a point in time Standard customer products Intellectual property licenses Over time Bespoke customer products Total revenue Wireless 2022 £’000 Photonics 2022 £’000 CMOSS++ 2022 £’000 Total 2022 £’000 – – 14,493 1,500 – – 14,493 1,500 76,016 76,016 72,644 88,637 2,841 2,841 151,501 167,494 Wireless 2021 £’000 Photonics 2021 £’000 CMOSS++ 2021 £’000 Total 2021 £’000 – – 11,760 – – – 11,760 – 83,217 83,217 56,307 68,067 2,812 2,812 142,336 154,096 Included within bespoke customer product revenue is revenue of £62,571,000 (2021: £63,725,000) that relates to supplier managed inventory arrangements where billing occurs from the earlier of a specified contractual backstop date following delivery, or when the product is drawn from inventory by the customer. Revenues of approximately £78,698,000 (2021: £64,522,000) are derived from three customers (2021: three) who each account for greater than 10% of the Group’s total revenues: Customer Customer 1 Customer 2 Customer 3* Segment Wireless Photonics Photonics & Wireless 2022 £’000 37,721 21,964 19,013 2022 % revenue 23% 13% 11% 2021 £’000 34,946 19,978 9,598 2021 % revenue 23% 13% 6% There are no customers in the CMOS++ segment that account for greater than 10% of the Group’s total revenue. * ‘Customer 3’ in 2022 is not the same customer as ‘Customer 3’ in 2021. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 123123 123 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 2022 £’000 112,295 112,284 11 16,409 2,104 3,286 3,080 4,578 3,361 38,790 5,961 13,937 13,221 5,671 2021 £’000 99,842 99,817 25 13,476 2,166 3,893 1,598 3,643 2,176 40,778 10,311 7,217 21,247 2,003 167,494 154,096 Property, plant and equipment Intangible assets Right of use assets 2022 £’000 46,584 – 32,044 48,427 2021 £’000 40,824 6,283 31,188 51,435 127,055 129,730 2022 £’000 20,826 – 1,506 14,682 37,014 2021 £’000 66,177 9,623 4,268 15,798 95,866 2022 £’000 10,060 – 516 30,856 41,432 2021 £’000 10,071 – 826 33,370 44,267 4.4 Geographical information Revenue by location of customer Americas United States of America Rest of Americas Europe, Middle East & Africa (EMEA) France Germany Israel United Kingdom Rest of EMEA Asia Pacific People’s Republic of China Japan Taiwan Rest of Asia Pacific Total revenue Non-current assets by location USA Singapore Taiwan UK 124124 124 5. Alternative performance measures The Group’s results report certain financial measures before a number of adjusted items that are not defined or recognised under IFRS, including adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation margin, adjusted operating loss, adjusted loss before income tax and adjusted losses per share. The Directors believe that the adjusted performance measures provide a useful comparison of business trends and performance, and allow management and other stakeholders to better compare the performance of the Group between the current and prior year, excluding the effects of certain non- cash charges, non-operational items and significant infrequent items that would distort period on period comparability. The Group uses these adjusted performance measures for internal planning, budgeting, reporting and assessment of the performance of the business. The tables below show the adjustments made to arrive at the adjusted performance measures and the impact on the Group’s reported financial performance. Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit SG&A Impairment of intangibles Impairment of receivables Other losses Profit on disposal of PPE and intangibles Operating loss Finance costs Loss before tax Taxation Loss for the period Share based payments Share based payments – CEO recruitment CEO Recruitment Impairment – goodwill Impairment – other intangibles Restructuring Restructuring – profit on disposal of PPE Total Adjusted Results £’000 167,494 (140,962) 26,532 (26,780) Adjusted Items £’000 – (149) (149) (4,431) – (66,155) (2,300) (381) (628) (3,557) (2,427) (5,984) 64 (5,920) – – 1,316 (69,419) – (69,419) 798 (68,621) Pre-tax Adjustment £’000 (223) Tax Impact £’000 (200) 2022 Reported Results £’000 167,494 (141,111) 26,383 (31,211) (66,155) (2,300) (381) 688 (72,976) (2,427) (75,403) 862 (74,541) 2022 Adjusted Results £’000 Adjusted Results £’000 154,096 (135,325) 18,771 (25,336) – 34 – 77 (6,454) (2,213) (8,667) (10,614) (19,281) Adjusted Items £’000 – (1,127) (1,127) (4,986) (7,411) – – – (13,524) – (13,524) 1,803 2021 Reported Results £’000 154,096 (136,452) 17,644 (30,322) (7,411) 34 – 77 (19,978) (2,213) (22,191) (8,811) (11,721) (31,002) Pre-tax Adjustment £’000 Tax Impact £’000 2021 Adjusted Results £’000 (423) (1,691) (13) (1,704) (109) (96) (62,716) (3,439) (4,152) 1,316 (69,419) – – – 724 – 274 798 (109) (96) (62,716) (2,715) (4,152) 1,590 – (741) – (7,411) (3,681) – – – – 1,816 – – – (741) – (5,595) (3,681) – (68,621) (13,524) 1,803 (11,721) The nature of the adjusted items is as follows: • Share based payments – The charge (2021: charge) relates to share based payments recorded in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share based payment’ of which £149,000 (2021: £1,127,000) has been classified within cost of sales in gross profit and £74,000 (2021: £564,000) has been classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in operating profit. £nil cash has been defrayed in the year (2021: £46,000) in respect of employer social security contributions following the exercise of unapproved employee share options. • Chief Executive Officer recruitment – Chief Executive Officer recruitment costs include the Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus of £1,000,000, of which £200,000 relates to a share based award and £800,000 relates to a cash award payable over the first three years of employment, costs associated with the transition of the former Chief Executive to a non-executive role and recruitment fees. The charge of £205,000 (2021: £741,000) includes share award and cash costs associated with the new Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus of £435,000 (2021: £nil), settlement costs and legal fees of £nil (2021: £319,000) associated with the transition of the former Chief Executive Officer to a non-executive role and a credit of £230,000 (2021: £422,000 fees) relating to external recruitment fees. Cash costs defrayed in the period total £715,000 (2021: £152,000). IQE PLC Annual report 2022 125125 125 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 • Restructuring – The charge of £4,152,000 (2021: £3,681,000) relates to restructuring costs associated with the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Pennsylvania, USA and the closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore. • Restructuring charges of £1,136,000 (2021: £661,000) relate to employee related costs associated with the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Pennsylvania, USA. The charge was classified as selling, general and administrative expenses within operating loss. Cash costs defrayed in the year total £606,000 (2021: £342,000). • Restructuring charges of £3,016,000 (2021: £3,020,000) consist of employee related costs of £220,000 (2021: £1,540,000), site-decommissioning costs of £1,512,000 (2021: £1,480,000), asset write downs of £863,000 (2021: £nil) and asset transfer costs of £421,000 (2021: £nil) relating to the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore. The charge was classified as selling, general and administrative expenses within operating loss. Cash costs defrayed in the year total £5,088,000 (2021: £nil). • Restructuring profits on disposal of £1,316,000 (2021: £nil) consist of the sale of assets in Singapore following the cessation of trade in the year and the sale of assets in North Carolina to facilitate the consolidation of the Group’s manufacturing operations from Pennsylvania. Proceeds received in the year total £6,073,000 (2021: £nil) with a profit on disposal of £1,316,000 (2021: £nil) classified within ‘Profit on disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment’. • Impairment of goodwill – The non-cash charge of £62,716,000 (2021: £nil) relates to impairment costs associated with the Wireless CGU of £62,382,000 (2021: £nil) and the Photonics CGU of £334,000 (2021: £nil) – see note 13. • Impairment of other intangibles – The non-cash charge of £3,439,000 (2021: £7,411,000) relates to the impairment of certain technology development costs and intellectual property patent assets. • The non-cash impairment charge of £3,439,000 relates to the impairment of distributed feedback laser technology development costs where the Group has taken the decision to discontinue the development and commercialisation of the technology. • The prior year non-cash impairment charge of £7,411,000 related to the impairment of cREO™ filter technology development costs and patent assets and the impairment of Photonic quasi crystal technology related development cost where the Group had taken the decision to pause development related activities which have not recommenced in the current period given the lack of visibility over the timeline to commercialisation of each of the technologies. • The cash impact of adjusted items in the consolidated cash flow statement represent costs associated with the recruitment of the group’s new Chief Executive Officer (£715,000), onerous contract royalty payments related to the Group’s cREO™ technology (£370,000), payment of employee related costs associated with the announced closure of the Group’s site in Pennsylvania (£606,000) and payment of employee and site related decommissioning costs associated with the closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore (£5,088,000) net of the sale proceeds associated with certain items of plant and equipment sold as part of the closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore (£6,073,000). Adjusted EBITDA (adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) is calculated as follows: Loss attributable to equity shareholders Finance costs Tax Depreciation of property, plant and equipment Depreciation of right of use assets Amortisation of intangible fixed assets Loss/(profit) on disposal of PPE and intangibles* Adjusted Items Share based payments Share based payments – Chief Executive Officer recruitment Chief Executive Officer recruitment Restructuring Restructuring – profit on disposal of PPE Impairment of intangibles Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA margin 2022 £’000 (74,541) 2,427 (862) 14,529 3,981 7,784 628 69,419 223 109 96 4,152 (1,316) 66,155 2021 £’000 (31,002) 2,213 8,811 13,309 3,854 8,047 (77) 13,524 1,691 – 741 3,681 – 7,411 23,365 14% 18,679 12% * Excludes the adjustment ‘Restructuring – profit on disposal of PPE’ which is separately disclosed as part of the groups adjusted items. 126126 126 6. Operating loss The operating loss is stated after charging/(crediting): Depreciation of property, plant and equipment Depreciation of right of use assets Amortisation of intangible assets Services provided by auditors Expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability Research and development Exchange losses/(gains) Cost of raw materials consumed (Profit) on disposal of fixed assets Other losses – fair value movements on derivative financial instruments Adjusted items (see note 5) Impairment of intangible assets Restructuring Share based payments CEO recruitment 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 14,529 3,981 7,784 567 6,822 1,127 1,331 13,309 3,854 8,047 382 6,234 1,968 2,378 62,693 59,466 (688) 381 69,419 66,155 2,836 332 96 (77) – 13,524 7,411 3,681 1,691 741 Expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability principally relate to the variable cash costs of production based on usage that are payable to the Group’s joint venture, CSC, associated with the Group’s right of use of the joint venture’s assets (note 3 and 30). Services provided by auditors Fees payable to the company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements Fees payable to the company’s auditor and its associates for other services: • Audit of the company’s subsidiaries • Audit-related assurance services Total KPMG LLP (group auditors) 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 547 20 – 567 335 27 20 382 IQE PLC Annual report 2022 127127 127 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 7. Employee costs Employee costs (including directors’ remuneration) Wages and salaries Social security costs Other pension costs Share based payments Average number of employees (including directors) Manufacturing Selling, general and administrative 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 39,410 4,040 1,969 332 37,743 3,279 1,801 1,691 45,751 44,514 2022 Number 2021 Number 531 134 665 546 134 680 Directors’ emoluments, share options and other long-term incentive plan details, including details of all outstanding options and long-term incentive awards, and the value of director pension contributions paid, are set out in the Remuneration Report where the relevant disclosures have been highlighted as audited. Audited tables include ‘Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors’ on page 80, ‘Scheme interest awarded in 2022’, ‘Exit payments made in the year’, ‘Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors’ on page 82 and ‘LTIP’ on page 83. Key management within the Group comprises members of the Executive Leadership Team and Non-Executive Directors. Compensation to key management in 2022 totalled £3,577,911 (2021: £2,404,031), consisting of emoluments and other benefits in kind of £3,409,103 (2021: £2,315,815) and pension contributions of £168,808 (2021: £88,216). The charge for share based payment awards to key management totalled £132,005 (2021: £705,681). A provision and charge for termination costs payable to key management who have left the business totalled £150,000 (2021: £nil). 8. Finance (costs)/income Bank and other loans Interest expense on lease liabilities 2022 £’000 (1,099) (1,328) (2,427) 2021 £’000 (905) (1,308) (2,213) 128128 128 9. Taxation Income tax expense Current tax on profits for the year Total current tax charge Origination and reversal of temporary differences Adjustment in respect of prior years Total deferred tax charge/(credit) Total tax charge/(credit) 2022 £’000 89 89 (713) (238) (951) (862) The tax on the Group’s loss before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise from applying the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%) as follows: Loss on ordinary activities before taxation Tax charge at 19.00% thereon (2021: 19.00%) Effects of: Expenses not deductible for tax purposes Overseas tax rate differences Tax losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognised Derecognition of previously recognised deferred tax assets Share option schemes Adjustments in respect of prior years Total tax (charge)/credit for the year 2022 £’000 (75,403) 14,327 (14,105) 2,262 (2,159) – (263) 800 862 2021 £’000 1,124 1,124 8,199 (512) 7,687 8,811 2021 £’000 (22,191) 4,216 (984) 196 (4,135) (8,190) (426) 512 (8,811) Recognition of deferred tax assets is based on an assessment of future cash flow forecasts and the associated profitability of the Group’s operations, an assessment which has restricted the ability of the Group to recognise deferred tax assets for current year UK, US and Singapore trading losses. Deferred tax asset recognition has been restricted in the UK to reflect future forecast profitability, an assessment that includes the impact of softness in trading forecasts as a result of the industry-wide semiconductor downturn and the Group’s consolidation and investment in central and functional roles in the UK. As a result, lower utilisation of UK deferred tax assets is projected, which has restricted the ability to recognise deferred tax assets for current year losses. Deferred tax asset recognition has been restricted in the US to reflect future forecast profitability, an assessment that includes the impact of softness in trading forecasts as a result of the industry-wide semiconductor downturn and the Group’s consolidation of its US manufacturing operations. As a result, lower utilisation of US deferred tax assets is projected which has restricted the ability to recognise deferred tax assets for current year losses. Deferred tax asset recognition has been restricted in Singapore due to the closure of the manufacturing site in 2022. The share option schemes amount shown above represents the change in the expected tax impact on the exercise of options, principally reflecting the reduction in future corporation tax deductions associated with a reduction in the number of options where performance criteria are expected to be achieved. The Group’s results report certain financial measures after a number of adjusted items with a tax impact of £798,000 (2021: £1,803,000 credit) as detailed in note 5. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the relevant territory in the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Finance Act 2021, which was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021, included legislation to increase the rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. In the Autumn Statement in November 2022, the UK government confirmed that the increase in corporation tax rate to 25% from 1 April 2023 will go ahead. Accordingly, any closing UK deferred tax asset or liability in the financial statements has been recognised in accordance with the rate enacted as part of the Finance Act 2021 with any timing differences expected to reverse on or after 1 April 2023 recognised at a corporation tax rate of 25%. Amounts recognised directly in equity Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity: Deferred tax: Share options Total tax (charge)/credit to equity for the year 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 91 91 (93) (93) IQE PLC Annual report 2022 129129 129 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 10. Deferred Taxation Deferred tax At 1 January Income statement (charge)/credit recognised in the year Tax charge recognised directly in equity Exchange differences At 31 December 2022 £’000 (2,060) 951 91 (47) 2021 £’000 5,767 (7,687) (93) (47) (1,065) (2,060) The amount of deferred tax asset expected to unwind within the next twelve months is £nil (2021: £nil) in relation to utilisation of tax losses. The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows: Group Deferred tax liabilities At 1 January 2021 Credit to income statement Exchange differences At 31 December 2021 (Charge)/credit to income statement Exchange differences At 31 December 2022 before set-off Set-off of tax* At 31 December 2022 after set-off Deferred tax assets At 1 January 2021 Charged to income statement Charged to equity Exchange differences At 31 December 2021 Charged to income statement Charged to equity Exchange differences At 31 December 2022 before set-off Set-off of tax* At 31 December 2022 after set-off Accelerated Capital Allowances £’000 (9,795) (1,493) (82) (11,370) (596) (488) Intangibles £’000 (4,696) 561 (20) (4,155) 990 (18) (12,454) (3,183) Tax Losses £’000 19,160 (6,216) – 52 12,996 695 – 458 14,149 Other £’000 1,098 (539) (93) 3 469 (138) 91 1 423 Total £’000 (14,491) (932) (102) (15,525) 394 (506) (15,637) 14,572 (1,065) Total £’000 20,258 (6,755) (93) 55 13,465 557 91 459 14,572 (14,572) – * Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities can only be offset in the statement of financial position if the entity has the legal right to settle current tax amounts on a net basis and the deferred tax amounts are levied by the same taxing authority on the same entity or different entities that intend to realise the asset and settle the liability at the same time. Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits from the same trade is probable. The Group assesses future forecast taxable profit as probable by reference to its five-year plan, using underlying cash flow forecasts based on those used in the Group’s goodwill impairment review. Any potential deferred tax asset assessed by reference to the level of future forecast taxable profit over this five-year period has, in the current year, been restricted to the extent of taxable temporary differences due to the Group’s current financial performance and recent history of taxable losses in its UK, US and Singapore operations. The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of £33,238,000 (2021: £31,260,000) in respect of tax losses amounting to £146,304,000 (2021: £134,808,000) that can be carried forward against future taxable income. The deferred tax asset can be recognised if sufficient profits from the same trade arise in future periods. The Group did not recognise deferred tax assets of £1,627,000 (2021: £1,368,000) in respect of carried forward notional tax credits on the R&D Expenditure Credit Scheme in the UK. 130130 130 10. Deferred Taxation continued Tax losses in the UK totalling £75,610,000 (2021: £71,530,000) have no date of expiry. Tax losses in Singapore totalling £31,880,000 (2021: £20,714,000) have no date of expiry. Tax losses in the US can be carried forward against future taxable income for 20 years before expiring. Of the Group’s total US tax losses of £96,100,000 (2021: £95,175,000) losses amounting to £8,462,000 and £9,071,000 expire in 2023 and 2024. Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised for the withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries, as such amounts are permanently reinvested. A credit of £657,000 (2021: £376,000) has been recognised within operating profit in relation to claims made under the R&D Expenditure Credit Scheme (RDEC) in the UK. Company Deferred tax assets At 1 January 2021 Credited/(charged) to income statement Charged to equity At 31 December 2021 (Charged)/credited to income statement Charged to equity At 31 December 2022 Tax Losses £’000 3,703 (3,703) – – 744 – 744 Share Options £’000 283 Other Timing Differences £’000 (11) (124) (46) 113 (40) (1) 72 25 – 14 (830) – (816) Total £’000 3,975 (3,802) (46) 127 (126) (1) – 11. Dividends No dividend has been paid or proposed in 2022 (2021: £nil). 12. Loss per share Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of shares and the dilutive effect of ‘in the money’ share options in issue. Share options are classified as ‘in the money’ if their exercise price is lower than the average share price for the year. As required by IAS 33, this calculation assumes that the proceeds receivable from the exercise of ‘in the money’ options would be used to purchase shares in the open market in order to reduce the number of new shares that would need to be issued. The directors also present an adjusted earnings per share measure which eliminates certain adjusted items. The Directors believe that the adjusted earnings per share measure provides a useful comparison of performance and allows management and other stakeholders to better compare the performance of the Group between the current and prior year, excluding the effects of certain non-cash charges, non-operational items and significant infrequent items that would distort period on period comparability. The adjustments are detailed in note 5. Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders Adjustments to loss after tax (note 5) Adjusted loss attributable to ordinary shareholders Weighted average number of ordinary shares Dilutive share options Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares Adjusted basic loss per share Basic loss per share Adjusted diluted loss per share Diluted loss per share 2022 £’000 (74,541) 68,621 (5,920) 2021 £’000 (31,002) 11,721 (19,281) 2022 Number 2021 Number 804,466,357 801,653,662 8,797,413 4,097,303 813,263,770 805,750,965 (0.74p) (9.27p) (0.74p) (9.27p) (2.41p) (3.87p) (2.41p) (3.87p) IQE PLC Annual report 2022 131131 131 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 13. Intangible assets Group Cost At 1 January 2022 Additions Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Accumulated amortisation and impairment At 1 January 2022 Charge for the year Disposals Impairment Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Group Cost At 1 January 2021 Additions Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Accumulated amortisation and impairment At 1 January 2021 Charge for the year Impairment Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 Goodwill £’000 Patents £’000 Development costs £’000 Software £’000 Customer contracts £’000 Total £’000 64,293 – – 7,835 72,128 – – – 62,716 1,756 64,472 8,926 261 (354) 27 8,860 7,983 200 (354) – 23 83,206 3,795 – 5,270 92,271 55,262 6,767 – 3,439 3,835 10,332 3,422 – 128 13,882 7,427 174,184 – – 903 8,330 7,478 (354) 14,163 195,471 7,646 7,427 817 – – 37 – – – 903 78,318 7,784 (354) 66,155 6,554 7,852 69,303 8,500 8,330 158,457 7,656 64,293 1,008 943 22,968 27,944 5,382 2,686 – – 37,014 95,866 Goodwill £’000 Patents £’000 Development costs £’000 63,732 – 561 8,613 311 2 64,293 8,926 – – – – – 4,972 213 2,796 2 7,983 79,467 2,994 745 83,206 43,664 6,490 4,615 493 Software £’000 8,894 1,423 15 10,332 6,298 1,344 – 4 Customer contracts £’000 Total £’000 7,327 168,033 – 100 4,728 1,423 7,427 174,184 7,327 – – 100 7,427 62,261 8,047 7,411 599 78,318 55,262 7,646 64,293 63,732 943 3,641 27,944 35,803 2,686 2,596 – – 95,866 105,772 Customer contract intangible assets relate to customer contracts acquired as part of a business combination. The amortisation charge of £7,784,000 (2021: £8,047,000) has been classified within ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ in the Consolidated Income Statement. The impairment charge of £66,155,000 (2021: £7,411,000) has been classified within ‘impairment loss on intangible assets’ in the Consolidated Income Statement. Development costs include £4,278,000 (2021: £2,753,000) and Software costs include £4,105,000 (2021: £684,000) of assets not subject to amortisation. Photonics operating segment development cost impairment charges of £3,439,000 relate to the impairment of distributed feedback laser technology development costs where the Group has taken the decision to discontinue the development and commercialisation of the technology given the current lack of visibility over the timeline to commercialisation of each of the associated technologies. The net book value of the assets has been impaired to £nil with the charge recognised in ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ in the Consolidated Income Statement. 132132 132 13. Intangible assets continued Wireless operating segment development and patent cost impairment charges of £4,692,000 in 2021 related to the impairment of the Group’s filter related cREO™ patent and development costs. Photonics operating segment development and patent cost impairment charges of £2,716,000 in 2021 relate to the impairment of the Group’s photonic quasi crystal patent and development costs. The net book value of the filter related cREO™ and photonic quasi crystal development cost and patent assets were impaired to £nil with the charge recognised in ‘selling, general and administrative expenses’ in the Consolidated Income Statement in 2021. Impairment tests for goodwill Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment at the level of the CGU to which it is allocated. Multiple production facilities and production assets are included in a single CGU reflecting that production can (and is) transferred between sites and production assets for different operating segments to suit capacity planning and operational efficiency. Given the interdependency of facilities and production assets, goodwill is tested for impairment by grouping operational sites and production assets into CGUs based on type of production. 2022 Cost £’000 2022 Impairment £’000 2022 Foreign exchange £’000 2022 NBV £’000 2021 Cost £’000 2021 Impairment £’000 2021 Foreign exchange £’000 2021 NBV £’000 Allocation of goodwill by CGU Wireless Photonics Total Goodwill 64,138 7,990 72,128 (62,382) (1,756) (334) – (62,716) (1,756) – 7,656 7,656 57,169 7,124 64,293 – – – – – – 57,169 7,124 64,293 The recoverable amount of the CGUs has been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections for a five-year period plus a terminal value based upon a long-term growth rate of 2% (2021: 2%) in line with The Bank of England’s monetary policy 2% inflation target. Value in use calculations are based on the Group’s latest Board approved 2023 forecast and five-year plan which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of expansionary capital expenditure and certain linked earnings and cash flows. The Group is currently experiencing weaker customer demand and a reduction in customers orders and forecasts as a result of the industry downturn. Revenue assumptions in year 1 reflects the impact of current market softness, a reduction in customer demand, orders and forecasts, prior to an expected improvement in market dynamics and customer demand in years 2 and 3. Revenue assumptions in the adjusted cash flow projections for years 4 and 5 have typically been extrapolated from year 3 using business segment growth rates that take account of industry trends and external market research. The calculation of the recoverable amount of each CGU in the value in use calculations is highly sensitive to small changes in the following key assumptions applied in the 2022 cash flow forecast: 2022 Risk adjusted discount rate Year 1 % 18.7% Year 2 % 18.7% Year 3 % 18.7% Year 4 % 18.7% Year 5 % 18.7% 5 Year CAGR % N/A Photonics revenue growth rate Wireless revenue growth rate Adjusted Board approved forecast* Adjusted Board approved forecast* Adjusted Board approved forecast* Adjusted Board approved forecast* 39.9% 12.9% 17.9% 13.8% 12.7% 16.7% 13.4% 10.8% * Adjusted Board approved forecast relates to the Group’s latest Board approved 2023 forecast and five year plan adjusted to exclude earnings and cash flows associated with expansionary capital expenditure 2021 Risk adjusted discount rate Photonics growth rate Wireless growth rate Year 1 % 16.5% Year 2 % 16.5% Year 3 % 16.5% 2022 Budget 2022 Budget 5 Year Plan 5 Year Plan 5 Year Plan 5 Year Plan Year 4 % 16.5% 5.5% 9.4% Year 5 % 16.5% 5.5% 9.4% The assumptions and growth rates contained in the Group’s value in use calculations have been updated in 2022 to reflect the latest Board approved 2023 forecast and five-year plan which have been adjusted to exclude the impact of expansionary capital expenditure and certain linked earnings and cash flows. The assumptions and cash flows contained in the value in use calculations have been updated in the current year to reflect the industry-wide semiconductor downturn and latest industry trends and external market research. The value in use calculations comprise revenue, material costs and site manufacturing labour and overhead cost forecasts that have been assessed and updated by reference to a combination of customer and supplier specific information and market growth assumptions. The risk adjusted discount rate has been increased to reflect a combination of an increase IQE PLC Annual report 2022 133133 133 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 13. Intangible assets continued in the Group’s cost of capital and greater risk associated with the Group’s growth forecasts given the current financial performance of the business. Wireless CGU The recoverable amount of the Wireless CGU of £91,691,000, determined based on value in use calculations is less than the carrying amount of the associated goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment allocated to the CGU and has resulted in an impairment in goodwill of £62,382,000 (2021: £nil). This impairment has arisen due to reductions in current and forecast levels of demand for wireless products as a result of the industry- wide semiconductor downturn. This downturn has resulted from geopolitical shifts, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in which inventory levels built up throughout the supply chain and the effects of increasing inflationary pressure. In conjunction with this, reductions in sales volumes, principally linked to lower levels of smartphone demand and continuing weakness in 5G infrastructure, are forecast to result in lower levels of capacity utilisation and operating profitability within this CGU. The Group has carried out a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test for the Wireless CGU, using various reasonably plausible scenarios focused on changes in business segment growth rates, direct wafer product margins and changes in the discount rate applied in the value in use calculations. Growth rates in the value in use calculations take account of continuing market demand for compound semiconductors and associated technology advancement, driven by macro trends of 5G and connected devices where 5G network infrastructure and 5G mobile handsets are being enabled by next generation wireless compound semiconductor material. If the aggregated compound annual revenue growth rate used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount was to increase or decrease by 1.0%, the magnitude of the Wireless CGU impairment would decrease or increase by £18,000,000. There are many revenue assumptions which are included in the forecast. We have disclosed the impact a 1% change in revenue growth rate would have and even small changes in other aspects of the revenue assumptions would have material impact on the value in use for which we have not disclosed. A 1% change in the revenue growth rate demonstrates the significant impact on a wide range of these revenue assumptions. If direct wafer product margins for all products used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount were reduced by 1.0%, the magnitude of the Wireless CGU impairment would increase by £18,000,000. If the discount rate used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount was to increase by 0.5%, the magnitude of the Wireless CGU impairment would increase by £3,300,000. Photonics CGU The recoverable amount of the Photonics CGU of £153,295,000, determined based on value in use calculations is less than the carrying amount of the associated goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment allocated to the CGU and has resulted in an impairment in goodwill of £334,000 (2021: £nil). This impairment has arisen due to reductions in current and forecast levels of demand for photonic products as a result of the industry- wide semiconductor downturn. This downturn has resulted from geopolitical shifts, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic in which inventory levels built up throughout the supply chain and the effects of increasing inflationary pressure. In conjunction with this, reductions in sales volumes, principally linked to lower levels of smartphone demand are forecast to result in lower levels of capacity utilisation and operating profitability within this CGU. The Group has carried out a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test for the Photonics CGU, using various reasonably plausible scenarios focused on changes in business segment growth rates, direct wafer product margins and the discount rate applied in the value in use calculations. Growth rates in the value in use calculations take account of continuing market demand for compound semiconductors and associated technology advancement, driven by macro trends of 5G and connected devices, and the increasing proliferation of 3D and advanced sensing end user applications that require enabling compound semiconductor material. If the aggregated compound annual revenue growth rate used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount was to increase or decrease by 1.0%, the magnitude of the Photonics CGU impairment would decrease or increase by £21,500,000. There are many revenue assumptions which are included in the forecast. We have disclosed the impact a 1% change in revenue growth rate would have and even small changes in other aspects of the revenue assumptions would have material impact on the value in use for which we have not disclosed. A 1% change in the revenue growth rate demonstrates the significant impact on a wide range of these revenue assumptions. If direct wafer product margins for all products used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount were reduced by 1.0%, the magnitude of the Photonics CGU impairment would increase by £21,800,000. If the discount rate used in the value in use calculations to determine the recoverable amount was to increase by 0.5%, the magnitude of the Photonics CGU impairment would increase by £5,800,000. 134134 134 13. Intangible assets continued Company Cost At 1 January 2022 Additions At 31 December 2022 Accumulated amortisation At 1 January 2022 Charge for the year At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Company Cost At 1 January 2021 Additions At 31 December 2021 Accumulated amortisation At 1 January 2021 Charge for the year Impairment At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 Patents £’000 Software £’000 7,454 261 7,715 6,614 168 6,782 1,578 3,422 5,000 475 143 618 933 840 4,382 1,103 Patents £’000 Software £’000 7,169 285 7,454 3,991 181 2,442 6,614 870 708 1,578 335 140 – 475 Total £’000 9,032 3,683 12,715 7,089 311 7,400 5,315 1,943 Total £’000 8,039 993 9,032 4,326 321 2,442 7,089 840 3,178 1,103 535 1,943 3,713 Patent cost impairment charges of £2,442,000 in 2021 relate to the impairment of filter related cREO™ patent costs and photonic quasi crystal patent costs. The impairments arose following the decision to pause technology development activities related to the patents, given the lack of visibility over the timeline to commercialisation of the technologies linked to the patents. The net book value of the patent assets was impaired to £nil. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 135135 135 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 14. Property, plant and equipment Group Cost At 1 January 2022 Additions Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2022 Charge for the year Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Land and buildings £’000 Short leasehold improvements £’000 Fixtures and fittings £’000 Plant and machinery £’000 Total £’000 18,507 38,347 26 – 383 100 (6,671) 3,774 13,272 2,159 (56) 330 202,842 272,968 10,155 12,440 (15,997) (22,724) 13,513 18,000 18,916 35,550 15,705 210,513 280,684 6,621 952 – 147 7,720 11,196 11,886 23,457 2,623 (6,671) 1,999 21,408 6,538 1,005 (57) 226 106,622 9,949 (9,481) 9,699 143,238 14,529 (16,209) 12,071 7,712 116,789 153,629 14,142 14,890 7,993 6,734 93,724 96,220 127,055 129,730 Property, plant and equipment includes assets in the course of construction with a net carrying value of £21,091,000 (2021: £12,262,000). Land and buildings £’000 Short leasehold improvements £’000 Fixtures and fittings £’000 Plant and machinery £’000 18,329 37,787 – – 178 176 – 384 11,500 1,487 – 285 190,022 13,868 (2,817) 1,769 Total £’000 257,638 15,531 (2,817) 2,616 18,507 38,347 13,272 202,842 272,968 5,669 921 – – 31 21,176 2,097 – – 184 5,242 1,201 – – 95 99,322 9,090 74 (2,809) 945 131,409 13,309 74 (2,809) 1,255 6,621 23,457 6,538 106,622 143,238 11,886 12,660 14,890 16,611 6,734 6,258 96,220 90,700 129,730 126,229 Group Cost At 1 January 2021 Additions Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2021 Charge for the year Impairment Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 136136 136 14. Property, plant and equipment continued Company Cost At 1 January 2022 Additions Disposals At 31 December 2022 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2022 Charge for the year Disposals At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Company Cost At 1 January 2021 Additions At 31 December 2021 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2021 Charge for the year At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 Fixtures and fittings £’000 241 395 (98) 538 134 15 – 149 389 107 Fixtures and fittings £’000 135 106 241 120 14 134 107 15 IQE PLC Annual report 2022 137137 137 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Land and buildings £’000 Fixtures and Fittings £’000 Plant and machinery £’000 60,849 (8,230) 2,445 55,064 16,970 3,782 (8,166) 1,270 13,856 41,208 43,879 23 – 3 26 5 6 – 1 12 14 18 51,050 10,531 (558) (174) 60,849 14,154 3,663 (519) (328) 16,970 43,879 36,896 17 6 – – 23 – 5 – – 5 18 17 572 14,440 210 370 41,432 44,267 Total £’000 61,601 (8,251) 2,522 55,872 17,334 3,981 (8,187) 1,312 Total £’000 51,748 10,660 (646) (161) 61,601 14,409 3,854 (607) (322) 17,334 729 (21) 74 782 359 193 (21) 41 681 123 (88) 13 729 255 186 (88) 6 359 370 426 44,267 37,339 Land and buildings £’000 Fixtures and Fittings £’000 Plant and machinery £’000 Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 15. Right of use assets Group Cost At 1 January 2022 Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2022 Charge for the year Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Group Cost At 1 January 2021 Additions Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Accumulated depreciation At 1 January 2021 Charge for the year Disposals Foreign exchange At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 138138 138 16. Investments Company Cost At 1 January 2022 Subsidiaries share based payments charge At 31 December 2022 Provisions for impairment At 1 January 2022 At 31 December 2022 Net book value At 31 December 2022 At 31 December 2021 Company Cost At 1 January 2021 Subsidiaries share based payments charge At 31 December 2021 Provisions for impairment At 1 January 2021 Impairment At 31 December 2021 Net book value At 31 December 2021 At 31 December 2020 Investments in subsidiaries £’000 Total £’000 124,279 124,279 179 179 124,458 124,458 48,210 48,210 48,210 48,210 76,248 76,069 76,248 76,069 Investments in subsidiaries £’000 Total £’000 123,452 123,452 827 827 124,279 124,279 32,032 16,178 48,210 32,032 16,178 48,210 76,069 91,420 76,069 91,420 Details of the company’s subsidiaries are set out in note 29. Investments are reviewed for impairment trigger events annually. This review includes a qualitative assessment of the business performance of each investment and a quantitative assessment of any potential impact on the carrying value of each investment arising from the results of the Group’s value in use calculations prepared as part of the Group’s goodwill impairment review. The announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore was identified as an impairment trigger event in 2021, with the planned cessation of operations and closure of the manufacturing site resulting in the impairment of the Company’s investment in its Singapore subsidiaries in 2021 from a carrying value of £5,353,000 to £nil. The Group’s value in use calculations prepared as part of the Group’s goodwill impairment review in 2021 identified an impairment trigger event for the Company’s investment in its sub-group, headed by Wafer Technology International Limited, where future financial performance was forecast to decline. The decline in forecast future profitability was assessed in 2021 by reference to the Group’s value in use cash flow forecasts and resulted in a £10,825,000 impairment in the Company’s investment in its Wafer Technology sub-group. Indicators that impairment losses might have reversed are assessed annually. No events indicating a reversal of impairment losses have been identified as part of the review in the current year (2021: none). IQE PLC Annual report 2022 139139 139 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 17. Inventories Group Raw materials and consumables Work-in-progress and finished goods 2022 £’000 24,800 9,361 34,161 2021 £’000 25,028 6,682 31,710 The directors are of the opinion that the replacement values of inventories are not materially different to the carrying values stated above. The carrying values are stated net of impairment provisions of £14,233,000 (2021: £12,388,000). £2,811,000 (2021: £866,000) of inventories were written down during 2022 and an expense recognised in the income statement. 18. Trade and other receivables Current Trade receivables Other receivables Contract assets Prepayments Non-current Amounts owed by group undertakings Other financial assets 2022 Group £’000 21,638 3,143 17,898 2,149 44,828 2022 Group £’000 – – – 2022 Company £’000 – 173 – 432 605 2022 Company £’000 135,464 – 135,464 2021 Group £’000 20,659 4,170 8,915 5,116 38,860 2021 Group £’000 – – – 2021 Company £’000 – 704 – 1,421 2,125 2021 Company £’000 132,677 – 132,677 Contract assets relate to bespoke manufactured customer products where the Group has a guaranteed contractual right of payment. Contract assets are transferred to receivables at the point that manufactured products are delivered to customers, except for supplier managed inventory arrangements where contract assets are transferred to receivables from the earlier of a specified contractual date following delivery or when the product is drawn from inventory by the customer. All 2021 contract assets have been transferred to receivables during 2022. Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at a rate of 5% per annum (2021: 5% per annum). The Group classifies other financial assets at amortised cost. Other financial assets are classified at amortised cost as the asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest. Other financial assets relate to £8,800,000 of impaired Preferred ‘A’ shares (2021: £8,800,000) issued by the Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited (‘CSC’), a joint venture between the Group and Cardiff University (see note 30 for further details). The preference shares carry the following rights: • No voting rights; • Dividend equivalent to the HSBC Bank PLC base rate for the applicable period on the amount paid up, subject to CSC having available profits; • Repayable in proportion to the outstanding principle from surplus cash generated. The estimated fair values of trade receivables, other receivables, contract assets, other financial assets and amounts owed by group undertakings are set out in note 22. 140140 140 19. Trade and other payables Current Trade payables Amounts owed by group undertakings Other taxation and social security Other payables Accruals and deferred income 2022 Group £’000 17,007 – 206 5,747 14,585 37,545 2022 Company £’000 1,704 23,272 282 3,195 1,300 2021 Group £’000 20,878 – 71 1,346 14,788 2021 Company £’000 2,628 24,972 277 – 2,510 29,753 37,083 30,387 Accruals and deferred income include contract liabilities of £1,454,000 (2021: £758,000). Amounts owed to group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at a rate of 5% per annum (2021: 5% per annum). 20. Borrowings Non-current borrowings Bank borrowings Lease liabilities Current borrowings Bank borrowings Lease liabilities Total borrowings Bank Borrowings Bank borrowings fall due for repayment as follows Within one year Between one and five years 2022 Group £’000 2022 Company £’000 2021 Group £’000 2021 Company £’000 20,643 46,026 66,669 6,225 4,843 11,068 77,737 16,529 – 16,529 – – – 16,529 10,365 49,693 60,058 6,230 4,694 10,924 70,982 – – – – – – – 2022 Group £’000 2022 Company £’000 2021 Group £’000 2021 Company £’000 6,225 20,643 26,868 – 16,529 16,529 6,230 10,365 16,595 – – – On 30 December 2021, the Company refinanced its £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility, provided by HSBC Bank plc. The facility is secured on the assets of IQE plc and its subsidiary companies with a committed term to 30 April 2023 and an option to extend the facility for a further 12 months. On 8 December 2022, the Company exercised its option and with the consent of HSBC Bank plc extended the committed term of the facility to 30 April 2024. Interest on the facility is payable at a margin of between 2.00 and 2.80 percent per annum over SONIA on any drawn balances. The facility was £16,529,000 ($20,000,000) utilised at 31 December 2022 (2021: Undrawn). On 29 August 2019 a subsidiary of the Group agreed a new £30,000,000 asset finance facility, provided by HSBC Bank plc, which is secured over various plant and machinery assets. The facility has a five-year term and an interest rate margin of 1.65% per annum over base rate on any drawn balances. The Group’s bank facilities provided by HSBC Bank plc are subject to certain leverage and interest cover financial covenants. The Group has complied with all the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during 2022 and 2021. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 141141 141 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 20. Borrowings continued Lease liabilities Lease liabilities fall due for repayment as follows Within one year Between one and five years After five years 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 4,843 15,056 30,970 4,694 14,666 35,027 50,869 54,387 Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the financial statements revert to the lessor in the event of default. Lease liabilities principally relate to property. 21. Provisions for other liabilities and charges Restructuring £’000 3,434 Onerous Contract £’000 1,702 Warranty Provision £’000 – Group As at 1 January Charged to the income statement Transfers 2,868 265 – – Utilised during the year (5,694) (370) Foreign exchange As at 31 December 379 1,252 – 1,332 Other £’000 – 150 – – – 150 2022 Total £’000 5,136 3,049 1,119 (6,073) 401 3,632 Restructuring £’000 Onerous Contract £’000 2021 Total £’000 162 1,840 2,002 3,617 – (342) (3) – – 3,617 – (138) (480) – (3) 3,434 1,702 5,136 31 854 (9) 22 898 Transfers relate to £265,000 of restructuring provisions reclassified from accruals and £854,000 of warranty provisions reclassified from trade receivables within the year. Group Current Non-current Total Restructuring £’000 162 1,090 1,252 Onerous Contract £’000 415 917 1,332 Warranty Provision £’000 898 – 898 Other £’000 150 – 150 2022 Total £’000 1,625 2,007 3,632 Restructuring £’000 2,946 488 3,434 Onerous Contract £’000 740 962 1,702 2021 Total £’000 3,686 1,450 5,136 The restructuring provision relates to costs relating to the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Pennsylvania, USA and the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore. • The restructuring provision of £1,090,000 (2021: £488,000) associated with the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in the USA relates to employee related costs that are expected to be utilised over a period up to 30 June 2024. • The restructuring provision of £162,000 (2021: £2,946,000) associated with the announced closure of the Group’s manufacturing facility in Singapore relates to employee related costs of £54,000 (2021: £1,540,000) and site decommissioning costs of £108,000 (2021: £1,406,000) that are expected to be utilised over a period up to 30 June 2023. The onerous contract provision represents the cost of minimum guaranteed future royalty payments associated with the cREO™ technology acquired from Translucent Inc. The onerous contract provision is expected to be utilised over a period up to 31 December 2024. The warranty provision relates to the costs of expected returns under warranty that are expected to be utilised over a period up to 30 June 2023. The other provision relates to a charge for termination costs payable to key management who have left the business. The provision is expected to be utilised over a period up to 28 February 2023. 142142 142 21. Provisions for other liabilities and charges continued Company As at 1 January Charged to the income statement Utilised during the year Foreign exchange As at 31 December Company Current Non-current As at 31 December Onerous Contract £’000 1,702 – (370) – 1,332 Other £’000 – 150 – – 150 2022 £’000 1,702 150 (370) – 1,482 Onerous Contract £’000 1,840 – (138) – 1,702 2022 £’000 573 909 1,482 2021 £’000 1,840 – (138) – 1,702 2021 £’000 740 962 1,702 The onerous contract provision represents the cost of minimum guaranteed future royalty payments associated with the cREO™ technology acquired from Translucent Inc. The onerous contract provision is expected to be utilised over a period up to 31 December 2024. The other provision relates to a charge for termination costs payable to key management who have left the business. The provision is expected to be utilised over a period up to 28 February 2023. 22. Financial Instruments Financial instruments by category Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments) and cash and cash equivalents are classified as financial assets at amortised cost. Borrowings and trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost. Both categories are initially measured at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost. Financial instruments are classified as level 2 per the fair value hierarchy with the exception of preference share instruments which are classified as level 3. Derivatives (forward exchange contracts) are classified as derivatives used for hedging and accounted for at fair value through profit and loss in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Financial risk and treasury policies The Group’s finance team maintains liquidity, manages relations with the Group’s bankers, identifies and manages foreign exchange risk and provides a treasury service to the Group’s businesses. Treasury dealings such as investments, borrowings and foreign exchange are conducted only to support underlying business transactions. The Group has clearly defined policies for the management of foreign exchange rate risk. The Group finance team does not undertake speculative foreign exchange dealings for which there is no underlying exposure. Exposures resulting from sales and purchases in foreign currency are matched where possible and the net exposure may be hedged by the use of forward exchange contracts. Credit risk Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables and contract assets due from customers, and monies on deposit with financial institutions. Customer credit risk is managed at the Group and site level with credit risk assessments completed for all customers. If no independent credit rating is available, the credit quality of the customer is assessed by reference to the customers’ financial position, past experience and other relevant factors. Individual credit limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with the Group’s credit risk policies. Where the Group assesses a potential credit risk, this is dealt with either by up-front payment prior to the shipment of goods or by other credit risk mitigation measures. Counterparty risk associated with monies on deposit with financial institutions is managed at the Group level in accordance with the Group’s treasury policies. The credit quality of banks has been assessed by reference to external credit ratings, based on reputable credit agencies’ long-term issuer ratings. Trade receivables and contract assets The credit quality of trade receivables and contract assets that are not impaired have been assessed based on historical information about the counterparty default rate. The Group does not hold any receivable balances with customers with a history of past default. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 143143 143 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 22. Financial Instruments continued Cash at bank The credit quality of cash has been assessed by reference to external credit ratings based on reputable credit agencies’ long-term issuer ratings. The Group has cash at bank balances totalling £10,486,000 (2021: £9,069,000) with banks with A1 credit ratings and cash at bank balances totalling £1,134,000 (2021: £1,722,000) with A2 credit ratings. Preference share receivables The Group has assessed, based on its joint venture’s latest forecast, that recovery of the preference share debt within a reasonable period remains unlikely such that the credit risk remains at a level where the definition of default has been met. In making this assessment, qualitative and quantitative reasonable and supportable forward-looking information associated with the forecast future financial performance and cash generation of CSC has been used (see note 3.5 for details of the calculation of the loss allowance and the associated impairment of the financial asset). The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial asset as set out below. In terms of trade receivables, the terms of sale provide that the Group has recourse to the products sold in the event of non-payment by a customer. Assets as per balance sheet Carrying amount Cash and cash equivalents Trade receivables Amounts owed by group undertakings Other receivables excluding prepayments Financial Assets (Preference share receivables) 2022 Group £’000 11,620 21,638 2022 Company £’000 2021 Group £’000 2021 Company £’000 2,436 – 10,791 20,659 262 – – 135,464 – 132,677 21,041 – 173 – 13,085 – 704 – 54,299 138,073 44,535 133,643 Included in other receivables are contract assets of £17,898,000 (2021: £8,915,000). The Group is exposed to credit concentration risk with its three largest customers which represent 46% (2021: 47%) of outstanding trade receivables and contract asset balances. Customer credit risk is managed according to strict credit control policies. The majority of the Group’s revenues are derived from large multinational organisations that are established customers of the Group with no prior history of default. The Group monitors customer credit ratings and has had no material defaults in the past. Group Not past due Past due 0-30 Past due more than 30 Allowance for bad and doubtful debt At 1 January Charged to the income statement Utilised during the year Foreign exchange Gross 2022 £’000 15,933 4,621 3,797 24,351 Provision 2022 £’000 – – (2,713) (2,713) Net 2022 £’000 15,933 4,621 1,084 21,638 Gross 2021 £’000 16,029 3,439 1,606 21,074 Provision 2021 £’000 – – (415) (415) 2022 £’000 415 2,300 – (2) 2,713 Net 2021 £’000 16,029 3,439 1,191 20,659 2021 £’000 452 (34) (5) 2 415 As at 31 December 2022, 65% (2021: 76%) of trade receivables were within terms. Of the other trade receivables, 55% (2021: 68%) were less than 30 days past due. An allowance has been made for estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods of £2,713,000 (2021: £415,000). This allowance has been determined on an expected credit loss basis by reference to past default experience. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to a number of independent customers. A portion of these receivables is expected to be recovered. The carrying values of trade and other receivables also represent their estimated fair values. Trade receivables and contract assets are primarily denominated in US dollars, as are trade payables limiting the exposure of the Group to movements in foreign exchange rates. Based on the balances held at 31 December 2022 a one cent movement in the US dollar to Sterling rate would impact the net value of these instruments by £142,000 (2021: £72,000). 144144 144 22. Financial Instruments continued Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages its funding to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. The Group uses weekly cash flow forecasts to monitor cash requirements and to optimise its borrowing position. The Group ensures that it has sufficient borrowing facilities to meet foreseeable operational expenses. At the year-end the Group had available undrawn facilities of £17,295,000 (2021: £30,900,000). The following table illustrates the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments where applicable, and excluding the impact of netting agreements on an undiscounted basis. Contractual cash flow maturities – Other financial liabilities at amortised cost 31 December 2022 Trade and other payables Accruals Bank borrowings Lease liabilities Group Carrying amount £’000 22,754 14,585 26,868 50,869 Group Contractual Cash flows £’000 22,754 14,585 26,950 56,437 Group Less than 12 months £’000 22,754 14,585 6,250 6,069 115,076 120,726 49,658 Group 1 –2 Years £’000 – – 20,700 6,065 26,765 Group 2–5 Years £’000 – – – 18,038 18,038 Group 5+ Years £’000 – – – 26,265 26,265 Included in accruals are contract liabilities of £1,454,000 (2021: £758,000). Contractual cash flow maturities – Other financial liabilities at amortised cost 31 December 2021 Trade and other payables Accruals Bank borrowings Lease liabilities Contractual cash flow maturities – Other financial liabilities at amortised cost 31 December 2022 Trade and other payables Amounts owed to group undertakings Accruals Contractual cash flow maturities – Other financial liabilities at amortised cost 31 December 2021 Trade and other payables Amounts owed to group undertakings Accruals Group Carrying amount £’000 22,224 14,788 16,595 54,387 Group Contractual Cash flows £’000 22,224 14,788 16,670 61,007 107,994 114,689 Company Carrying amount £’000 4,899 23,272 1,300 29,471 Company Carrying amount £’000 2,628 24,972 2,510 30,110 Company Contractual Cash flows £’000 4,899 23,272 1,300 29,471 Company Contractual Cash flows £’000 2,628 24,972 2,510 30,110 Group Less than 12 months £’000 22,224 14,788 6,250 5,955 49,217 Company Less than 12 months £’000 4,899 23,272 1,300 29,471 Company Less than 12 months £’000 2,628 24,972 2,510 30,110 Group 1 –2 Years £’000 Group 2–5 Years £’000 Group 5+ Years £’000 – – 6,250 5,823 12,073 – – 4,170 17,670 21,840 Company 1 –2 Years £’000 – Company 2–5 Years £’000 – – – – – – – – – – 31,559 31,559 Company 5+ Years £’000 – – – – Company 1 –2 Years £’000 Company 2–5 Years £’000 Company 5+ Years £’000 – – – – – – – – – – – – IQE PLC Annual report 2022 145145 145 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 22. Financial Instruments continued Financial risk management Market risk – Foreign Exchange Risk The Group operates internationally with operations in the United Kingdom, United States of America and Taiwan, and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily relating to fluctuations in exchange rates between UK sterling, US dollars and Taiwanese dollars. The Group’s presentational currency is sterling and foreign exchange risk arises from a combination of future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the functional currency of the relevant group entity and net investments in the Group’s foreign operations. The majority of the Group’s sales are denominated in US dollars and therefore the Group’s cash flows are affected by fluctuations in the rate of exchange between US dollar and UK Sterling and Taiwanese dollar exchange rates given that the Group is required to fund certain costs at its operations in the United Kingdom and Taiwan in local currencies. Foreign exchange risk of this nature is managed using a combination of the natural currency hedge within the Group’s operating model given that a significant proportion of the Group’s costs, including the purchase of certain key raw materials, are denominated in US dollars, and via the use of derivative foreign currency forward exchange contracts. Derivative foreign currency forward exchange contracts are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as speculative investments. Derivative foreign currency forward exchange contracts that do not meet the hedge accounting criteria are classified as ‘held for trading’ for accounting purposes and are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. These derivative instruments are presented as current assets or liabilities to the extent they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. As at 31 December 2022, the fair value of foreign currency forward exchange contracts held for trading was a liability of £381,000 (2021: £10,000). The foreign currency forward exchange contracts are classified as Level 2 financial instruments. The fair value of Level 2 financial instruments has been determined using observable market data based on quoted market prices or market quotes for similar instruments. If all significant inputs required to fair value the instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2. The group’s accounting policy for its cash flow hedges is set out in note 2.18. The Group has certain investments in foreign operations in North America, Taiwan and Singapore, whose net assets are exposed to foreign currency translation risk. Translation exposures that arise on converting the results of overseas subsidiaries are not hedged. As a guide to the sensitivity of the Group’s results to movements in foreign currency exchange rates, a one cent movement in the US dollar to Sterling rate would impact annual earnings by approximately £665,000 (2021: £239,000). Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk The Board is aware of the risks associated with changes in interest rates and does not speculate on future changes in interest rates. Historically, the Group has not undertaken any hedging activity in this area, although the Board keeps this under regular review. The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its cash and cash equivalents, its preference share financial assets and from its bank borrowings. Cash and cash equivalents, including foreign currency cash deposits, earn interest at prevailing variable market rates of interest whilst the preference share debt earns interest at HSBC Bank Plc base rate. The Group’s bank borrowings consist of a variable rate asset finance loan secured against the assets to which it relates, and a variable rate multi-currency revolving credit facility secured against the assets of the Group. The variable rate UK sterling £30,000,000 asset finance facility, which has a principal outstanding of £10,416,000 (2021: £16,670,000) has a five-year term and an interest rate margin of 1.65% per annum over base rate on any drawn balances. The loan is repayable by monthly instalment commencing on the first anniversary of the facility. The variable rate US dollar $35,000,000 (£28,688,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility, which is $20,000,000 (£16,393,000) utilised at 31 December 2022, has a committed term to 30 April 2024. Interest on the facility is payable at a margin of between 2.00 and 2.80 percent per annum over SONIA. The Group’s policy is to regularly review its exposure to interest rate risk, and in particular the mix between fixed and floating rate financial assets and financial liabilities. The percentage of financial assets and financial liabilities bearing variable rate interest was 0% (2021: 0%) and 54% (2021: 43%) respectively. 146146 146 22. Financial Instruments continued As a guide to the sensitivity of the Group’s results to movements in interest rates, a 50-basis point (0.5%) movement in interest rates on the interest-bearing financial assets held at 31 December 2022, would impact annual interest income by approximately £nil (2021: £nil). A 50-basis point (0.5%) movement in interest rates on the interest-bearing liabilities held at 31 December 2022 would impact annual interest costs by approximately £134,000 (2021: £83,000). Capital risk management The Group’s main objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages the capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the characteristic of the underlying assets. The Group monitors capital by reviewing net debt against shareholders’ funds. The position of these indicators and the movement during the year is shown in the Five-Year Financial Summary. The Group defines total capital as equity in the consolidated balance sheet plus net debt or less net funds. Total capital at 31 December 2022 was £241,558,000 (2021: £294,812,000). The Group monitors capital on the basis of a gearing ratio. The gearing ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital and at 31 December 2022 was 27.5% (2021: 20.4%). All covenants in relation to the Group’s borrowing facilities have been complied with during the year. Fair values Fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as follows: Group Cash and cash equivalents Trade receivables Other receivables Contract assets Financial Assets (Preference share receivables) Trade and other payables Bank borrowings Derivative financial instruments Company Cash and cash equivalents Amounts owed by group undertakings Other receivables Trade and other payables Derivative financial instruments 2022 Carrying amount £’000 11,620 21,638 3,143 17,898 – 2022 Fair value £’000 11,620 21,638 3,143 17,898 163 (22,754) (22,754) (26,868) (26,868) (381) 4,296 (381) 4,459 2022 Carrying amount £’000 2,436 135,464 173 2022 Fair value £’000 2,436 135,464 173 2021 Carrying amount £’000 10,791 20,659 4,170 8,915 – (22,224) (16,595) – 5,716 2021 Carrying amount £’000 262 132,677 704 2021 Fair value £’000 10,791 20,659 4,170 8,915 163 (22,224) (16,595) – 5,879 2021 Fair value £’000 262 132,677 704 (4,899) (4,899) (27,600) (27,600) (381) (381) – – 132,793 132,793 106,043 106,043 IQE PLC Annual report 2022 147147 147 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 22. Financial Instruments continued Basis for determining fair value The following summarises the significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected in the table above: Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents earn interest at prevailing variable market rates of interest such that the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents is deemed to reflect fair value. Trade receivables, other receivables and contract assets Trade receivables, other receivables and contract assets are short-term assets with a remaining life of less than one year such that the amortised cost carrying value of the assets is deemed to reflect fair value. Financial Assets (Preference share receivables) The fair value of preference share receivables was calculated by reference to assumptions about forecast future financial performance of CSC and the associated level of expected credit losses. Amounts owed by group undertakings Amounts owed by group undertakings are long-term assets with a remaining life of greater than one year with outstanding balances accruing interest at a rate of 5% per annum such that the amortised cost carrying value of the assets is deemed to reflect fair value. Trade and other payables Trade and other payables are short-term liabilities with a remaining life of less than one year such that the amortised cost carrying value of the liabilities is deemed to reflect fair value. Bank borrowings The carrying value of bank borrowings is deemed to reflect fair value as interest payable on bank borrowings is charged at a variable rate assessed as close to current market rates. Derivative financial instruments The fair value of derivative foreign currency forward exchange contracts was determined using observable market data based on quoted market prices or market quotes for similar instruments. 148148 148 23. Share capital Group and Company Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary shares of 1p each 2022 Number of shares 2022 £’000 2021 Number of shares 2021 £’000 804,841,965 8,048 803,555,756 8,036 The movement in the number of ordinary shares during the year was: At 1 January Employee share schemes Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus – share award At 31 December 2022 Number 2021 Number 803,555,756 800,364,569 702,500 583,709 3,191,187 – 804,841,965 803,555,756 1,286,209 ordinary shares (2021: 3,191,187 ordinary shares) were issued during the year as follows: Employee share schemes Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus – share award 2022 Number of shares 702,500 583,709 1,286,209 2022 Consideration 2021 Number of shares 2021 Consideration 1.0p–23.0p 3,191,187 1.0p to 23.0p 1.0p – 3,191,187 – The share premium arising from consideration received from employee share scheme exercises and the Chief Executive Officer’s starting bonus share award of £100,000 (2021: £472,000) was £88,000 (2021: £447,000). 24. Share based payments The total amount charged to the income statement in 2022 in respect of share based payments was £332,000 (2021: £1,691,000). Long-term incentive plan The IQE Plc Share Option Scheme was adopted on 26 May 2000 and amended by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 17 May 2002. Under the scheme, the Remuneration Committee can grant long-term incentive awards over shares in the company to directors and employees of the Group. Long-term incentive share awards are granted with contractual lives of between three and ten years with a fixed exercise price of one penny, equal to the nominal value of the ordinary share. Directors Long-term incentive awards become exercisable between three and ten years from the date of grant subject to continued employment and achievement of performance conditions relating to growth in earnings per share and total shareholder return targets over a three-year vesting period that cannot be extended. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash. Details of the Directors’ long-term incentive plan are set out in the Remuneration Report. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 149149 149 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 24. Share based payments continued Employees Long-term incentive awards become exercisable between three and ten years from the date of grant, subject to continued employment and the achievement of performance conditions relating to a combination of: • growth in earnings per share targets over a three-year vesting period that cannot be extended; • growth in earnings per share and total shareholder return targets over a three-year vesting period that cannot be extended; and • achievement of strategic group wide and personal objectives. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash. Long term incentive awards are valued using either the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or the Monte Carlo simulation model with the total fair value of the award that is to be expensed charged to the income statement over the vesting period of the long-term incentive award. Share option scheme The IQE Plc Share Option Scheme was adopted on 26 May 2000 and amended by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 17 May 2002. Under the scheme, the Remuneration Committee can grant options over shares in the company to employees of the Group. Options are granted with a contractual life of ten years and with a fixed exercise price equal to the market value of the shares under option at the date of grant or as otherwise disclosed in the remuneration report. Options become exercisable between one and ten years from the date of grant, subject to continued employment and the achievement of performance conditions, including growth in adjusted EBITDA and earnings per share against various targets. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash. Share options are valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the total fair value of the award that is to be expensed charged to the income statement over the vesting period of the share option. The principal assumptions used in the calculation of the fair value of long-term incentive awards and share option awards are as follows: Principal assumptions Weighted average share price at grant date Weighted average exercise price Weighted average vesting period (years) Option life (years) Weighted average expected life (years) Weighted average expected volatility factor Weighted average risk-free rate Dividend yield 2022 41.22 4.41 3 10 3 73% 0.9% 0% 2021 49.94 5.99 3 10 3 70% 0.6% 0% The expected volatility factor is based on historical share price volatility over the three years immediately preceding the grant of the option. The expected life is the average expected period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is the yield of zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life. Non-market performance conditions are incorporated into the calculation of fair value by estimating the proportion of share options that will vest and be exercised based on a combination of historical trends and future expected trading performance. These are reassessed at the end of each period for each tranche of unvested options. The fair value of long-term incentive awards and share options granted during the year ended 31 December 2022 was £4,803,000 (2021: £4,497,000). The weighted average fair value of long-term incentive awards granted during the year ended 31 December 2022 was 33.8p (2021: 71.1p). 150150 150 24. Share based payments continued The movements on long-term incentive awards and share options during the year were as follows: At 1 January Granted Exercised Cancelled/lapsed At 31 December 2022 Number of options 24,408,115 14,213,210 (699,694) (8,951,101) 2022 Average exercise price (pence) 2021 Number of options 2021 Average exercise price (pence) 5.99p 22,081,637 1.00p 6,437,146 14.05p (2,506,993) 2.59p (1,603,675) 10.08p 1.00p 17.64p 24.43p 5.99p 28,970,530 4.41p 24,408,115 The weighted average share price at the date share options were exercised was 36.0p (2021: 57.2p). As at 31 December 2022, the total number of long-term incentive awards and share options held by employees was 28,970,530 (2021: 24,408,115) as follows: Option price pence/share 1.00p – 28.17p 1.00p – 27.75p 1.00p – 23.83p 18.42p – 25.17p 1.00p – 37.92p 1.00p – 169.50p 1.00p – 143.30p 1.00p – 125.00p 1.00p 1.00p 1.00p At 31 December Option period ending 31 December 2022 31 December 2023 31 December 2024 31 December 2025 31 December 2026 31 December 2027 31 December 2028 31 December 2029 31 December 2030 31 December 2031 31 December 2032 2022 Number of options – 3,511,811 2,840,474 3,871,827 193,500 362,500 240,000 2021 Number of options 430,423 4,150,061 3,321,245 211,250 252,000 407,500 240,000 7,500 3,408,779 4,655,709 5,895,388 3,301,783 6,091,469 9,985,426 – 28,970,530 24,408,115 25. Parent company profit and loss As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the parent company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The parent company’s loss for the financial year amounted to £9,297,000 (2021: £29,272,000 loss). IQE PLC Annual report 2022 151151 151 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 26. Cash generated from operations Group Loss before tax Finance costs Depreciation of property, plant and equipment Depreciation of right of use assets Amortisation of intangible assets Impairment of intangible assets Impairment of PP&E Inventory write downs (note 17) Non-cash movement on trade receivable expected credit losses (note 22) Non-cash provision movements Profit on disposal of fixed assets Share based payments Cash inflow from operations before changes in working capital Increase in inventories (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables Decrease in trade and other payables Decrease in provisions Cash inflow from operations Company Profit / (Loss) before tax Finance income Finance costs Foreign exchange Depreciation of property, plant and equipment Amortisation of intangible assets Impairment of intangible assets Impairment of investments Non-cash movement on trade receivable expected credit losses Share based payments Cash outflow from operations before changes in working capital (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables (Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 (75,403) (22,191) 2,427 14,529 3,981 7,784 66,155 – 2,811 2,300 3,049 (688) 332 27,277 (2,904) (5,534) (3,893) (6,073) 8,873 2,213 13,309 3,854 8,047 7,411 74 866 – 3,617 (77) 1,691 18,814 (1,368) 2,930 (1,013) (480) 18,883 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 (9,171) (25,470) (5,748) (5,493) 595 2,464 15 311 – – 15,494 123 4,083 (12,406) (2,681) 445 307 14 321 2,442 16,178 – 915 (10,341) 3,926 4,078 Cash outflow from operations (11,004) (2,337) 152152 152 27. Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds/(debt) Decrease in cash in the year Increase in borrowings Repayment of borrowings Repayment of leases Net movement resulting from cash flows Net debt at 1 January Net movement resulting from cash flows Net movement on fair value of derivative instruments Other non-cash movements Net debt at 31 December 2022 £’000 (53) (15,814) 6,256 4,926 2021 £’000 (14,080) – 6,145 3,705 (4,685) (4,230) (60,191) (4,685) (381) (1,241) (66,498) (45,101) (4,230) – (10,860) (60,191) Other non-cash movements include £64,000 of lease disposals (2021: £11,397,000 new lease liabilities) and the impact of foreign exchange of £1,305,000 (2021: £537,000). 28. Analysis of net debt Bank borrowings due after one year Bank borrowings due within one year Lease liabilities due after one year Lease liabilities due within one year Total borrowings Fair value of derivative instruments Cash and cash equivalents Net debt At 1 January 2022 £’000 (10,365) (6,230) (49,693) (4,694) (70,982) – 10,791 Cash flow £’000 (15,814) 6,256 – 4,926 (4,632) – (53) Other non-cash movements £’000 5,536 (6,251) 3,667 (5,075) (2,123) (381) 882 At 31 December 2022 £’000 (20,643) (6,225) (46,026) (4,843) (77,737) (381) 11,620 (60,191) (4,685) (1,622) (66,498) Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 comprised balances held in instant access bank accounts and other short-term deposits with a maturity of less than 3 months. Other non-cash movements include £64,000 of lease disposals (2021: £11,397,000 new lease liabilities) and the impact of foreign exchange of £1,305,000 (2021: £537,000). IQE PLC Annual report 2022 153153 153 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 29. Subsidiary undertakings Name of company Class of capital Proportion of shares held Activity Country of incorporation Registered Office IQE (Europe) Limited Ordinary shares of £1 100%* IQE Inc IQE KC LLC Common stock of $0.001 100%* Limited liability company 100%* IQE Taiwan ROC Ordinary shares of NT$10 100% IQE RF LLC Limited liability company 100%* IQE Silicon Compounds Limited Ordinary shares of £1 MBE Technology Pte Ltd Preferred shares of S$1 Ordinary shares of S$1 100% 100% 100% CSDC Private Limited Common stock of $1 par value 100%* Wafer Technology Limited Ordinary shares of £1 100%* NanoGaN Limited Ordinary shares of £0.001 100% Galaxy Compound Semiconductors Inc Common stock of $0.00 par value 100%* Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of silicon epitaxy Manufacture of advanced semiconductor materials Research, development and manufacture of semiconductor materials Manufacture of semiconductor compounds and ultra- high purity materials Development of advanced semiconductor materials Manufacture of semiconductor compounds and ultra- high purity materials EPI Holdings Limited Ordinary shares of £1 100% Dormant holding company KTC Wireless LLC IQE USA Inc IQE Solar LLC Limited liability company Limited liability company Limited liability company 100% 100% Dormant holding company Dormant holding company 100%* Dormant company USA IQE Properties Inc Limited liability company 100%* Property holding company USA Wafer Technology International Limited Ordinary shares of £1 100% Holding company UK * Indirect holdings UK USA USA Taiwan USA UK Singapore Singapore UK UK USA UK USA USA Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK 119 Technology Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015, USA 200 John Hancock Road, Taunton, MA 02780, USA No. 2-1, Li-Hsin Road Hsinchu Science Park Hsinchu 300, Taiwan 265 Davidson Avenue Somerset, NJ 08873, USA Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK 30 Tampines industrial Avenue 3 Singapore 528775 30 Tampines industrial Avenue 3 Singapore 528775 Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK 9922 E Montgomery Avenue, #7, Spokane, WA 99206, USA Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK 119 Technology Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015, USA 119 Technology Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015, USA 119 Technology Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015, USA 119 Technology Drive, Bethlehem, PA 18015, USA Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK The proportion of voting rights of subsidiaries held by the Group is the same as the proportion of shares held. All UK subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements to file audited financial statements by virtue of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006. In adopting the exemption, IQE plc has provided a statutory guarantee to these subsidiaries in accordance with section 479C of the Companies Act 2006. 154154 154 30. Joint Venture The Group holds investments in one joint venture as follows: Name of company Class of capital Proportion of shares held Activity Country of incorporation Registered Office Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited * Indirect holdings Common stock of £1 par value 50%* Research, development and manufacture of semiconductor materials UK Pascal Close, St Mellons, Cardiff CF3 0LW, UK Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited (‘CSC’) On 9 July 2015 the Group entered into a joint venture agreement with Cardiff University to create the CSC in the United Kingdom. The shareholder agreement establishes that the CSC is jointly controlled by the shareholders, who have an equal share of the voting rights, such that the Group’s investment in the joint venture is accounted for using the equity method in accordance with the accounting policies set out in note 2 and note 3. The commercial purpose of the CSC is the research, development and manufacture by metal organic vapour phase epitaxy (‘MOVPE’) of advanced compound semiconductor materials in Europe. The business was set up by the joint venture partners to provide a bridge between early stage research and high- volume manufacturing and was established in a manner to provide the CSC with the capability to deliver specialist compound semiconductor product development, prototyping and early stage manufacturing services to academic and industrial customers from its own compound semiconductor foundry. On the formation of the joint venture, the Group contributed fixed assets, independently valued at £12,000,000, transferred employees and licensed intellectual property to establish the CSC’s manufacturing and technical capability whilst at the same time entering into an agreement with CSC that has been extended in the current year and conveys to the Group the right to use the assets of the joint venture for a minimum period up to 31 March 2024 (see note 3a). Cardiff University contributed cash. The intellectual property license relates to technical know-how and is licensed to the CSC under the terms of a perpetual licence that can only be terminated in a limited number of circumstances, none of which currently apply as the CSC is not in breach of the license agreement. The Group has no obligation to enhance or develop the licensed intellectual property. The licence fee of £20,000,000, mutually agreed by the Group and Cardiff University, was recognised as license income in accordance with the Group’s revenue recognition policy for perpetual licenses (see note 2) in 2015 and 2016 when the intellectual property was transferred to the CSC. The contractual right granted by the CSC to the Group to use its assets provides the Group with access to manufacturing capacity and de-risks the initial establishment of the CSC as the Group operates as a cornerstone customer during the early stages of the development of the CSC’s business when it is required to fund running costs associated with its foundry whilst developing its business and own independent revenue streams. Costs associated with the right to use the assets of the CSC are charged to the Group at a mutually agreed price by the Group and Cardiff University. The price reflects the Group’s right to use the assets and is variable based on the CSC’s cash cost of production (including direct labour, materials and other foundry costs) which provides the CSC with a low cost, low risk route to build its business whilst covering its manufacturing related operating costs. The arrangements between the joint venture parties, structured to provide the Group with its required level of manufacturing capacity and to provide the CSC with sufficient flexibility to develop its business, envisaged that reliance on the Group as the cornerstone customer would reduce. The CSC continues to achieve key business milestones, including the development of its own independent commercial customer relationships and funded collaborative research and development projects which have resulted in its reliance on the Group gradually reducing as these independent relationships and revenue streams continue to develop, with external revenue totalling £1,528,000 (2021: £1,732,000). The CSC’s financial year end is 31 December which is co-terminus with the Group and has been used to prepare the consolidated Group financial statements and the summary CSC financial information set out below. No dividend has been received by the Group from the CSC (2021: £nil). Summary information for Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited £’000 Revenue EBITDA (Loss) / Profit from continuing operations (Loss) / Profit for the period Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the period 2022 £’000 8,519 12 (1,778) (1,778) (1,778) 2021 £’000 8,222 90 1,219 1,219 1,219 IQE PLC Annual report 2022 155155 155 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Notes to the financial statements continued for the year ended 31 December 2022 30. Joint Venture continued Summary balance sheet Non-current assets Current assets Current Liabilities Non-current Liabilities Equity attributable to Joint Ventures Carrying value of equity interest in CSC Ltd Net liabilities of CSC Ltd Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest Group’s share of net liabilities Elimination of unrealised gains on transactions with CSC Ltd Cumulative absorption of JV losses against long term JV preference share debt (note 5) Cumulative unrecognised losses Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the JV Summary of cumulative unrecognised losses Unrecognised losses brought forward Unrecognised unrealised gains on transactions with CSC Ltd (Loss) / Profit in the year Reversal/absorption of JV losses against long term JV preference share debt (note 5) Cumulative unrecognised losses carried forward 2022 £’000 4,173 1,751 (1,996) (10,670) (6,742) 2022 £’000 (6,742) 50% (3,371) (12,000) 163 15,208 – 2021 £’000 5,057 2,037 (1,846) (10,212) (4,964) 2021 £’000 (4,964) 50% (2,482) (12,000) 163 14,319 – 2022 £’000 2021 £’000 (17,032) (17,642) – (889) – – 610 – (17,921) (17,032) Comparative financial information has been adjusted to reflect the final audited 2021 CSC financial statements. The adjustment to the disclosure has had no impact on the Group’s consolidated loss for the year, total net assets or cash position. 31. Related party transactions Group Transactions with Joint Venture – Compound Semiconductor Centre Limited CSC was established by the Group and its joint venture partner as a centre of excellence for the development and commercialisation of advanced compound semiconductor wafer products in Europe. On its formation, the Group contributed assets to the joint venture valued at £12,000,000 as part of its initial investment. The activities of CSC include research and development into advanced compound semiconductor wafer products, the provision of contract manufacturing services for compound semiconductor wafers to certain subsidiaries within the IQE plc Group and the provision of compound semiconductor manufacturing services to other third parties. CSC operates from its manufacturing facilities in Cardiff, United Kingdom and leases certain additional administrative building space from the Group. During the year, the CSC leased this space from the Group for £115,000 (2021: £115,000) and procured certain administrative support services from the Group for £235,000 (2021: £235,000). As part of the administrative support services provided to CSC the Group procured goods and services, recharged to CSC at cost, totalling £4,031,000 (2021: £3,882,000). CSC entered into an agreement with the Group following its formation which has been extended in the current year and conveys to the Group the right to use the assets of the joint venture for a minimum period up to 31 March 2024. Costs associated with the right to use the CSC’s assets are treated by the Group as operating lease costs (see note 3a). Costs are charged by the CSC at a price that reflects the CSC’s cash cost of production (including direct labour, materials and site costs) but excludes any related depreciation or amortisation of the CSC’s property, plant and equipment and intangible assets respectively under the terms of the joint venture agreement between the parties. Costs associated with the right to use CSC’s assets totalled £6,822,000 (2021: £6,234,000) in the year. At 31 December 2022, an amount of £137,000 (2021: £1,030,000 owed from) was owed from the CSC at year end. In the Group’s balance sheet ‘A’ Preference Shares with a nominal value of £8,800,000 (2021: £8,800,000) are included in financial assets at an amortised cost of £nil (2021: £nil) and the Group has a shareholder loan of £247,000 (2021: £244,000) due from CSC. 156156 156 31. Related party transactions continued Company Transactions with Group Companies 2022 IQE (Europe) Limited IQE Silicon Compounds Limited Nanogan Limited Wafer Technology International Limited Wafer Technology Limited IQE USA Inc IQE Inc IQE KC LLC IQE RF LLC KTC Wireless LLC Galaxy Compound Semiconductors Inc IQE Taiwan ROC MBE Technology Pte Limited CSDC Private Limited Expense £’000 (106) Trade Receivable £’000 597 Income £’000 734 913 – 9,263 230 – 673 – – – (51) – (54) 3,653 (3,237) – – 84 21 13 – – – – – – – 1,012 – 253 – – 564 3,635 – – 69 – – – Trade Payable £’000 (217) Loan Receivable £’000 8,224 (49) 25,329 – – – – (46) (5) – – – – – – – – – 8,987 114,364 – 38 – – – – – Loan Payable £’000 – – (1,750) – (1,936) – – (4,588) – (19,268) (7,526) – – – IQE plc has a fully impaired loan receivable of £9,232,000 (2021: £11,614,000) due from MBE Technology Pte Limited. MBE Technology Pte Limited repaid £2,383,000 (2021: £nil) of the loan following cessation of operations and closure of the Singapore manufacturing facility in 2022. IQE plc has a fully impaired loan receivable of £8,337,000 (2021: £7,472,000) due from CSDC Private Limited. IQE plc has recognised an expected credit loss of £15,494,000 (2021: £nil) in respect of loan receivables from Group Companies. 2021 IQE (Europe) Limited IQE Silicon Compounds Limited Wafer Technology Limited IQE USA Inc IQE Inc IQE KC LLC IQE RF LLC KTC Wireless LLC Galaxy Compound Semiconductors Inc IQE Taiwan ROC MBE Technology Pte Limited CSDC Private Limited Income £’000 Expense £’000 Trade Receivable £’000 Trade Payable £’000 627 1,007 271 – 819 938 – – 139 4 22 – (66) – (33) – (2) – – – – (11) – (2,938) 767 1,424 389 – 970 1,049 – – 144 20 54 – (8) – (19) – (2) – – – – – – – Loan Receivable £’000 4,403 28,502 Loan Payable £’000 – – – (8,319) 8,550 103,386 – 520 – – – 11,614 – – – (5,582) – (16,623) (6,753) – – – 32. Commitments The Group had capital commitments at 31 December 2022 of £1,740,000 (2021: £780,000). 33. Post balance sheet events On 17 May 2023, the Company refinanced its £28,688,000 ($35,000,000) multi-currency revolving credit facility, provided by HSBC Bank plc. The facility is secured on the assets of IQE plc and its subsidiary companies with a committed term to 1 May 2026. Interest on the facility is payable at a margin of between 2.50 and 3.50 per cent per annum over SONIA on any drawn balances and the facility is subject to quarterly leverage and Interest cover covenants tests which commence at 31 December 2023. On 18 May 2023, the Company completed a successful equity fund raise through a firm placing for £30,000,000 and REX retail offer for £1,098,546. IQE PLC Annual report 2022 157157 157 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Glossary Artificial intelligence (AI) A simulation of human intelligence in machines, including machines which are programmed to mimic human action or exhibit humanistic traits such as learning or problem-solving Augmented Reality (AR) A technology that superimposes a computer-generated image on a user’s view of the real world to provide a composite view Compound semiconductor A semiconductor formed from more than one element, typically comprising a mixture of elements from Groups III and V of the Periodic Table Cloud computing A network of remote servers hosted on the internet to store, manage and process data CMOS++ Compound materials on Silicon CMD CVD Capital Markets Day Chemical Vapour Deposition. IQE’s technique for making Advanced Silicon/Group IV epiwafers, characterised by using compound sources flowed across a hot wafer where they are “cracked” (reacted) to get the desired material Device structure The term used to describe the particular series of epitaxial layers on a substrate crystal. They are typically specified by their thickness, composition, electrical and opto-electronic properties Dilute Nitride A material where small amounts of Nitrogen are added to GaAs in order to enable GaAs to be used in applications typically reserved for InP Epitaxy (epitaxial growth) Deposition of high quality, crystalline layers on a substrate. By specifically choosing the composition and sequence of the layers in epitaxial growth, the optical and electrical properties of the epiwafer are able to be tuned and these individual layers are referred to as ‘epilayers’ Epiwafer or epitaxial wafer The term used to describe the substrate crystal with epitaxial layers deposited thereon (see also “wafer”) GaAs GaN GaSb Ge InP Gallium Arsenide Gallium Nitride Gallium Antimonide Germanium Indium Phosphide Internet of Things (IoT) Network of physical objects – “things” which are able to collect and transfer data over a wireless network without human intervention IQepiMo™ A template technology developed by IQE for RF filters and other applications requiring low resistance buried electrodes IQGeVCSEL 150™ A technology developed by IQE for 6” VCSELs on Germanium IQDN-VCSEL A technology developed by IQE for the growth of long wavelength (> 1300 nm) VCSELs on GaAs substrates Infrared Light detection and ranging – a method for measuring distances by illuminating the target with a laser light Molecular Beam Epitaxy. One of IQE’s primary techniques for making compound semiconductor epiwafers, characterised by deposition using elemental sources impinging on a hot wafer where a reaction occurs to get the desired material. MBE occurs at extremely low pressure (known as ultra-high vacuum) which is comparable to that of outer space IR LiDAR MBE 158158 MIMO MOCVD Multiple-input, multiple-output. Two or more transmitting or receiving antennas are used on a wireless device to optimise the speed, range and reliability of that device Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition. One of IQE’s primary techniques for making compound semiconductor epiwafers, characterised by deposition using compound sources that are flowed across a hot wafer where they are “cracked” (reacted) to get the desired material. MOCVD occurs at much higher pressures than MBE and also goes by the name MOVPE (Metal Organic Vapour Phase Epitaxy) OEM Original equipment manufacturer Opto-electronic device A device or structure in which light and electricity interact to produce, detect or manipulate light PHEMT Reactor RF Pseudomorphic High Electron Mobility Transistor. A commonly used device for high-speed switching for wireless communications The equipment used to produce epitaxial layers on a substrate Radio frequency Semiconductor A material with resistivity which lies somewhere between that of a conductor and an insulator Si SiC Silicon Silicon Carbide Structured light scanner A 3D scanning device which measures an object using projected light patterns and a camera system Substrate The term used to describe the base wafer used for the epitaxial substrate crystal growth process Time of Flight (ToF) camera A camera which calculates the distance between the subject by measuring the trip time of an artificial light signal emitted by a laser or LED VCSEL Wafer WiFi 6 Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser, an opto-electronic component used in a variety of applications The term used to describe the substrate crystal in the form of thinly sliced discs or the substrate disc with one or more epitaxial layers deposited upon it Sixth generation of wireless local area networking technologies characterised by improved performance characteristics 3D Sensing Three-dimensional depth sensing technology which is enabled by IQE’s VCSELs 5G 5th generation mobile network designed to provide enhanced connectivity and higher speeds 159159 IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022IQE Annual Report and Accounts 2022Financial statements Investor information Registered Office Nominated Advisers and Brokers Pascal Close St Mellons Cardiff CF3 0LW United Kingdom Investor Relations Amy Barlow Phone: +44 (0)2920 839 400 investors@iqep.com Principal Bankers HSBC Bank Plc 8 Canada Square London E14 5HQ Auditors KPMG LLP 3 Assembly Square Britannia Quay Cardiff CF10 4AX NOMAD and Joint Broker Peel Hunt LLP 7th Floor 100 Liverpool Street London EC2M 2AT Joint Broker Numis Securities 45 Gresham Street London EC2V 7BF Registrar Equiniti Aspect House Spencer Road Lancing West Sussex BN99 6DA Financial Public Relations Headland Consultancy Cannon Green, 1 Suffolk Lane London EC4R 0AX iqe@headlandconsultancy.com Share price information Exchange: London Stock Exchange FTSE AIM Index Ticker: IQE:LN ISIN: GB0009619924 Share price performance as at 31 December 2022 Loss per share: (9.27p) ) P B G ( e c i r p e r a h S 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 160160 Jan-22 Apr-22 Jul-22 Oct-22 Dec-22